blob: d8229033f9257b542fa01184dad0ac90af6d9b36 [file] [log] [blame]
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"
2 "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003<html>
4<head>
5 <title>LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual</title>
Reid Spencer3921c742004-08-26 20:44:00 +00006 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
7 <meta name="author" content="Chris Lattner">
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00008 <meta name="description"
Reid Spencer3921c742004-08-26 20:44:00 +00009 content="LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual.">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000010 <link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css">
11</head>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +000012
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000013<body>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +000014
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000015<div class="doc_title"> LLVM Language Reference Manual </div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000016<ol>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000017 <li><a href="#abstract">Abstract</a></li>
18 <li><a href="#introduction">Introduction</a></li>
19 <li><a href="#identifiers">Identifiers</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000020 <li><a href="#highlevel">High Level Structure</a>
21 <ol>
22 <li><a href="#modulestructure">Module Structure</a></li>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000023 <li><a href="#linkage">Linkage Types</a>
24 <ol>
Bill Wendling987e7eb2009-07-20 02:41:50 +000025 <li><a href="#linkage_private">'<tt>private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
26 <li><a href="#linkage_linker_private">'<tt>linker_private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
27 <li><a href="#linkage_internal">'<tt>internal</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
28 <li><a href="#linkage_available_externally">'<tt>available_externally</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
29 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce">'<tt>linkonce</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
30 <li><a href="#linkage_common">'<tt>common</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
31 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
32 <li><a href="#linkage_appending">'<tt>appending</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
33 <li><a href="#linkage_externweak">'<tt>extern_weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Chris Lattner5a2d8752009-10-10 18:26:06 +000034 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce_odr">'<tt>linkonce_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling987e7eb2009-07-20 02:41:50 +000035 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
36 <li><a href="#linkage_external">'<tt>externally visible</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
37 <li><a href="#linkage_dllimport">'<tt>dllimport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
38 <li><a href="#linkage_dllexport">'<tt>dllexport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000039 </ol>
40 </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +000041 <li><a href="#callingconv">Calling Conventions</a></li>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +000042 <li><a href="#namedtypes">Named Types</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000043 <li><a href="#globalvars">Global Variables</a></li>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +000044 <li><a href="#functionstructure">Functions</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000045 <li><a href="#aliasstructure">Aliases</a></li>
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +000046 <li><a href="#namedmetadatastructure">Named Metadata</a></li>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +000047 <li><a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></li>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +000048 <li><a href="#fnattrs">Function Attributes</a></li>
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +000049 <li><a href="#gc">Garbage Collector Names</a></li>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +000050 <li><a href="#moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a></li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +000051 <li><a href="#datalayout">Data Layout</a></li>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +000052 <li><a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000053 </ol>
54 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000055 <li><a href="#typesystem">Type System</a>
56 <ol>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +000057 <li><a href="#t_classifications">Type Classifications</a></li>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +000058 <li><a href="#t_primitive">Primitive Types</a>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000059 <ol>
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +000060 <li><a href="#t_integer">Integer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +000061 <li><a href="#t_floating">Floating Point Types</a></li>
62 <li><a href="#t_void">Void Type</a></li>
63 <li><a href="#t_label">Label Type</a></li>
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +000064 <li><a href="#t_metadata">Metadata Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000065 </ol>
66 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000067 <li><a href="#t_derived">Derived Types</a>
68 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000069 <li><a href="#t_array">Array Type</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000070 <li><a href="#t_function">Function Type</a></li>
71 <li><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000072 <li><a href="#t_struct">Structure Type</a></li>
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +000073 <li><a href="#t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a></li>
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +000074 <li><a href="#t_vector">Vector Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +000075 <li><a href="#t_opaque">Opaque Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000076 </ol>
77 </li>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +000078 <li><a href="#t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000079 </ol>
80 </li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000081 <li><a href="#constants">Constants</a>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +000082 <ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000083 <li><a href="#simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></li>
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +000084 <li><a href="#complexconstants">Complex Constants</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000085 <li><a href="#globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a></li>
86 <li><a href="#undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></li>
Chris Lattnerf9d078e2009-10-27 21:19:13 +000087 <li><a href="#blockaddress">Addresses of Basic Blocks</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000088 <li><a href="#constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a></li>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +000089 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000090 </li>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +000091 <li><a href="#othervalues">Other Values</a>
92 <ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000093 <li><a href="#inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a></li>
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +000094 <li><a href="#metadata">Metadata Nodes and Metadata Strings</a></li>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +000095 </ol>
96 </li>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +000097 <li><a href="#intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
98 <ol>
99 <li><a href="#intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +0000100 <li><a href="#intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>'
101 Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +0000102 <li><a href="#intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>'
103 Global Variable</a></li>
104 <li><a href="#intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>'
105 Global Variable</a></li>
106 </ol>
107 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000108 <li><a href="#instref">Instruction Reference</a>
109 <ol>
110 <li><a href="#terminators">Terminator Instructions</a>
111 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000112 <li><a href="#i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
113 <li><a href="#i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000114 <li><a href="#i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +0000115 <li><a href="#i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000116 <li><a href="#i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000117 <li><a href="#i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000118 <li><a href="#i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000119 </ol>
120 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000121 <li><a href="#binaryops">Binary Operations</a>
122 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000123 <li><a href="#i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000124 <li><a href="#i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000125 <li><a href="#i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000126 <li><a href="#i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000127 <li><a href="#i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000128 <li><a href="#i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +0000129 <li><a href="#i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
130 <li><a href="#i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
131 <li><a href="#i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +0000132 <li><a href="#i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
133 <li><a href="#i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
134 <li><a href="#i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000135 </ol>
136 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000137 <li><a href="#bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary Operations</a>
138 <ol>
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +0000139 <li><a href="#i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
140 <li><a href="#i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
141 <li><a href="#i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000142 <li><a href="#i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000143 <li><a href="#i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000144 <li><a href="#i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000145 </ol>
146 </li>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000147 <li><a href="#vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
148 <ol>
149 <li><a href="#i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
150 <li><a href="#i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
151 <li><a href="#i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000152 </ol>
153 </li>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +0000154 <li><a href="#aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
155 <ol>
156 <li><a href="#i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
157 <li><a href="#i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
158 </ol>
159 </li>
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000160 <li><a href="#memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000161 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000162 <li><a href="#i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000163 <li><a href="#i_load">'<tt>load</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
164 <li><a href="#i_store">'<tt>store</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
165 <li><a href="#i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000166 </ol>
167 </li>
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +0000168 <li><a href="#convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000169 <ol>
170 <li><a href="#i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
171 <li><a href="#i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
172 <li><a href="#i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
173 <li><a href="#i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
174 <li><a href="#i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000175 <li><a href="#i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
176 <li><a href="#i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
177 <li><a href="#i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
178 <li><a href="#i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +0000179 <li><a href="#i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
180 <li><a href="#i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +0000181 <li><a href="#i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000182 </ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +0000183 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000184 <li><a href="#otherops">Other Operations</a>
185 <ol>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +0000186 <li><a href="#i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
187 <li><a href="#i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000188 <li><a href="#i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000189 <li><a href="#i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000190 <li><a href="#i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000191 <li><a href="#i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000192 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000193 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000194 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000195 </li>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000196 <li><a href="#intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000197 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000198 <li><a href="#int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
199 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000200 <li><a href="#int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
201 <li><a href="#int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
202 <li><a href="#int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000203 </ol>
204 </li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000205 <li><a href="#int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
206 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000207 <li><a href="#int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
208 <li><a href="#int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
209 <li><a href="#int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000210 </ol>
211 </li>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000212 <li><a href="#int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
213 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000214 <li><a href="#int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
215 <li><a href="#int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
216 <li><a href="#int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
217 <li><a href="#int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
218 <li><a href="#int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
219 <li><a href="#int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
220 <li><a href="#int_readcyclecounter"><tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
John Criswell7123e272004-04-09 16:43:20 +0000221 </ol>
222 </li>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000223 <li><a href="#int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
224 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000225 <li><a href="#int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
226 <li><a href="#int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
227 <li><a href="#int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
228 <li><a href="#int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
229 <li><a href="#int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +0000230 <li><a href="#int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
231 <li><a href="#int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
232 <li><a href="#int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000233 </ol>
234 </li>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000235 <li><a href="#int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000236 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000237 <li><a href="#int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a></li>
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000238 <li><a href="#int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
239 <li><a href="#int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
240 <li><a href="#int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000241 </ol>
242 </li>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000243 <li><a href="#int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
244 <ol>
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +0000245 <li><a href="#int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
246 <li><a href="#int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
247 <li><a href="#int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
248 <li><a href="#int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
249 <li><a href="#int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +0000250 <li><a href="#int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000251 </ol>
252 </li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000253 <li><a href="#int_debugger">Debugger intrinsics</a></li>
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +0000254 <li><a href="#int_eh">Exception Handling intrinsics</a></li>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +0000255 <li><a href="#int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000256 <ol>
257 <li><a href="#int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000258 </ol>
259 </li>
Bill Wendling3c44f5b2008-11-18 22:10:53 +0000260 <li><a href="#int_atomics">Atomic intrinsics</a>
261 <ol>
262 <li><a href="#int_memory_barrier"><tt>llvm.memory_barrier</tt></a></li>
263 <li><a href="#int_atomic_cmp_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt></a></li>
264 <li><a href="#int_atomic_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt></a></li>
265 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_add"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt></a></li>
266 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_sub"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt></a></li>
267 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_and"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.and</tt></a></li>
268 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_nand"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand</tt></a></li>
269 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_or"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.or</tt></a></li>
270 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_xor"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor</tt></a></li>
271 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_max"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.max</tt></a></li>
272 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_min"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.min</tt></a></li>
273 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umax"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax</tt></a></li>
274 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umin"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin</tt></a></li>
275 </ol>
276 </li>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +0000277 <li><a href="#int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
278 <ol>
279 <li><a href="#int_lifetime_start"><tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt></a></li>
280 <li><a href="#int_lifetime_end"><tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt></a></li>
281 <li><a href="#int_invariant_start"><tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt></a></li>
282 <li><a href="#int_invariant_end"><tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt></a></li>
283 </ol>
284 </li>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000285 <li><a href="#int_general">General intrinsics</a>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000286 <ol>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000287 <li><a href="#int_var_annotation">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000288 '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000289 <li><a href="#int_annotation">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000290 '<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +0000291 <li><a href="#int_trap">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000292 '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
293 <li><a href="#int_stackprotector">
294 '<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +0000295 <li><a href="#int_objectsize">
296 '<tt>llvm.objectsize</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000297 </ol>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000298 </li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000299 </ol>
300 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000301</ol>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000302
303<div class="doc_author">
304 <p>Written by <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a>
305 and <a href="mailto:vadve@cs.uiuc.edu">Vikram Adve</a></p>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000306</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000307
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000308<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000309<div class="doc_section"> <a name="abstract">Abstract </a></div>
310<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000311
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000312<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000313
314<p>This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language. LLVM is
315 a Static Single Assignment (SSA) based representation that provides type
316 safety, low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of representing
317 'all' high-level languages cleanly. It is the common code representation
318 used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation strategy.</p>
319
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000320</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000321
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000322<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000323<div class="doc_section"> <a name="introduction">Introduction</a> </div>
324<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000325
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000326<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000327
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000328<p>The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three different forms:
329 as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bitcode representation (suitable
330 for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler), and as a human readable
331 assembly language representation. This allows LLVM to provide a powerful
332 intermediate representation for efficient compiler transformations and
333 analysis, while providing a natural means to debug and visualize the
334 transformations. The three different forms of LLVM are all equivalent. This
335 document describes the human readable representation and notation.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000336
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000337<p>The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level while being
338 expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time. It aims to be a
339 "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level that high-level ideas
340 may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how microprocessors are "universal
341 IR's", allowing many source languages to be mapped to them). By providing
342 type information, LLVM can be used as the target of optimizations: for
343 example, through pointer analysis, it can be proven that a C automatic
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000344 variable is never accessed outside of the current function, allowing it to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000345 be promoted to a simple SSA value instead of a memory location.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000346
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000347</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000348
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000349<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000350<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="wellformed">Well-Formedness</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000351
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000352<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000353
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000354<p>It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed' LLVM
355 assembly language. There is a difference between what the parser accepts and
356 what is considered 'well formed'. For example, the following instruction is
357 syntactically okay, but not well formed:</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000358
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000359<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000360<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000361%x = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 1, %x
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000362</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000363</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000364
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000365<p>because the definition of <tt>%x</tt> does not dominate all of its uses. The
366 LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may be used to verify
367 that an LLVM module is well formed. This pass is automatically run by the
368 parser after parsing input assembly and by the optimizer before it outputs
369 bitcode. The violations pointed out by the verifier pass indicate bugs in
370 transformation passes or input to the parser.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000371
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000372</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000373
Chris Lattnercc689392007-10-03 17:34:29 +0000374<!-- Describe the typesetting conventions here. -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000375
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000376<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000377<div class="doc_section"> <a name="identifiers">Identifiers</a> </div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000378<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000379
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000380<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000381
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000382<p>LLVM identifiers come in two basic types: global and local. Global
383 identifiers (functions, global variables) begin with the <tt>'@'</tt>
384 character. Local identifiers (register names, types) begin with
385 the <tt>'%'</tt> character. Additionally, there are three different formats
386 for identifiers, for different purposes:</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000387
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000388<ol>
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000389 <li>Named values are represented as a string of characters with their prefix.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000390 For example, <tt>%foo</tt>, <tt>@DivisionByZero</tt>,
391 <tt>%a.really.long.identifier</tt>. The actual regular expression used is
392 '<tt>[%@][a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*</tt>'. Identifiers which require
393 other characters in their names can be surrounded with quotes. Special
394 characters may be escaped using <tt>"\xx"</tt> where <tt>xx</tt> is the
395 ASCII code for the character in hexadecimal. In this way, any character
396 can be used in a name value, even quotes themselves.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000397
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000398 <li>Unnamed values are represented as an unsigned numeric value with their
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000399 prefix. For example, <tt>%12</tt>, <tt>@2</tt>, <tt>%44</tt>.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000400
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000401 <li>Constants, which are described in a <a href="#constants">section about
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000402 constants</a>, below.</li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000403</ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000404
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000405<p>LLVM requires that values start with a prefix for two reasons: Compilers
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000406 don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set of
407 reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty. Additionally,
408 unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up with a temporary
409 variable without having to avoid symbol table conflicts.</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000410
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000411<p>Reserved words in LLVM are very similar to reserved words in other
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000412 languages. There are keywords for different opcodes
413 ('<tt><a href="#i_add">add</a></tt>',
414 '<tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt>',
415 '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>', etc...), for primitive type names
416 ('<tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>',
417 '<tt><a href="#t_primitive">i32</a></tt>', etc...), and others. These
418 reserved words cannot conflict with variable names, because none of them
419 start with a prefix character (<tt>'%'</tt> or <tt>'@'</tt>).</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000420
421<p>Here is an example of LLVM code to multiply the integer variable
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000422 '<tt>%X</tt>' by 8:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000423
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000424<p>The easy way:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000425
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000426<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000427<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000428%result = <a href="#i_mul">mul</a> i32 %X, 8
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000429</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000430</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000431
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000432<p>After strength reduction:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000433
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000434<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000435<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000436%result = <a href="#i_shl">shl</a> i32 %X, i8 3
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000437</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000438</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000439
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000440<p>And the hard way:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000441
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000442<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000443<pre>
Gabor Greifec58f752009-10-28 13:05:07 +0000444%0 = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %X, %X <i>; yields {i32}:%0</i>
445%1 = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %0, %0 <i>; yields {i32}:%1</i>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000446%result = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %1, %1
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000447</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000448</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000449
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000450<p>This last way of multiplying <tt>%X</tt> by 8 illustrates several important
451 lexical features of LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000452
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000453<ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000454 <li>Comments are delimited with a '<tt>;</tt>' and go until the end of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000455 line.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000456
457 <li>Unnamed temporaries are created when the result of a computation is not
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000458 assigned to a named value.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000459
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000460 <li>Unnamed temporaries are numbered sequentially</li>
461</ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000462
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000463<p>It also shows a convention that we follow in this document. When
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000464 demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment that
465 defines the type and name of value produced. Comments are shown in italic
466 text.</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000467
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000468</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000469
470<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
471<div class="doc_section"> <a name="highlevel">High Level Structure</a> </div>
472<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
473
474<!-- ======================================================================= -->
475<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="modulestructure">Module Structure</a>
476</div>
477
478<div class="doc_text">
479
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000480<p>LLVM programs are composed of "Module"s, each of which is a translation unit
481 of the input programs. Each module consists of functions, global variables,
482 and symbol table entries. Modules may be combined together with the LLVM
483 linker, which merges function (and global variable) definitions, resolves
484 forward declarations, and merges symbol table entries. Here is an example of
485 the "hello world" module:</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000486
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000487<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000488<pre>
489<i>; Declare the string constant as a global constant.</i>
490<a href="#identifiers">@.LC0</a> = <a href="#linkage_internal">internal</a> <a href="#globalvars">constant</a> <a href="#t_array">[13 x i8]</a> c"hello world\0A\00" <i>; [13 x i8]*</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000491
492<i>; External declaration of the puts function</i>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000493<a href="#functionstructure">declare</a> i32 @puts(i8 *) <i>; i32(i8 *)* </i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000494
495<i>; Definition of main function</i>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000496define i32 @main() { <i>; i32()* </i>
497 <i>; Convert [13 x i8]* to i8 *...</i>
498 %cast210 = <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> [13 x i8]* @.LC0, i64 0, i64 0 <i>; i8 *</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000499
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000500 <i>; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout.</i>
501 <a href="#i_call">call</a> i32 @puts(i8 * %cast210) <i>; i32</i>
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000502 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br>}
503
504<i>; Named metadata</i>
505!1 = metadata !{i32 41}
506!foo = !{!1, null}
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000507</pre>
508</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000509
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000510<p>This example is made up of a <a href="#globalvars">global variable</a> named
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000511 "<tt>.LC0</tt>", an external declaration of the "<tt>puts</tt>" function,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000512 a <a href="#functionstructure">function definition</a> for
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000513 "<tt>main</tt>" and <a href="#namedmetadatastructure">named metadata</a>
514 "<tt>foo"</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000515
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000516<p>In general, a module is made up of a list of global values, where both
517 functions and global variables are global values. Global values are
518 represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer to an
519 array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the
520 following <a href="#linkage">linkage types</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000521
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000522</div>
523
524<!-- ======================================================================= -->
525<div class="doc_subsection">
526 <a name="linkage">Linkage Types</a>
527</div>
528
529<div class="doc_text">
530
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000531<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of
532 linkage:</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000533
534<dl>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000535 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_private">private</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000536 <dd>Global values with private linkage are only directly accessible by objects
537 in the current module. In particular, linking code into a module with an
538 private global value may cause the private to be renamed as necessary to
539 avoid collisions. Because the symbol is private to the module, all
540 references can be updated. This doesn't show up in any symbol table in the
541 object file.</dd>
Rafael Espindolabb46f522009-01-15 20:18:42 +0000542
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000543 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linker_private">linker_private</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000544 <dd>Similar to private, but the symbol is passed through the assembler and
Chris Lattnere1eaf912009-08-24 04:32:16 +0000545 removed by the linker after evaluation. Note that (unlike private
546 symbols) linker_private symbols are subject to coalescing by the linker:
547 weak symbols get merged and redefinitions are rejected. However, unlike
548 normal strong symbols, they are removed by the linker from the final
549 linked image (executable or dynamic library).</dd>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000550
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000551 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_internal">internal</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000552 <dd>Similar to private, but the value shows as a local symbol
553 (<tt>STB_LOCAL</tt> in the case of ELF) in the object file. This
554 corresponds to the notion of the '<tt>static</tt>' keyword in C.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000555
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000556 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_available_externally">available_externally</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner266c7bb2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000557 <dd>Globals with "<tt>available_externally</tt>" linkage are never emitted
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000558 into the object file corresponding to the LLVM module. They exist to
559 allow inlining and other optimizations to take place given knowledge of
560 the definition of the global, which is known to be somewhere outside the
561 module. Globals with <tt>available_externally</tt> linkage are allowed to
562 be discarded at will, and are otherwise the same as <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>.
563 This linkage type is only allowed on definitions, not declarations.</dd>
Chris Lattner266c7bb2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000564
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000565 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner4887bd82007-01-14 06:51:48 +0000566 <dd>Globals with "<tt>linkonce</tt>" linkage are merged with other globals of
Chris Lattner873187c2010-01-09 19:15:14 +0000567 the same name when linkage occurs. This can be used to implement
568 some forms of inline functions, templates, or other code which must be
569 generated in each translation unit that uses it, but where the body may
570 be overridden with a more definitive definition later. Unreferenced
571 <tt>linkonce</tt> globals are allowed to be discarded. Note that
572 <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage does not actually allow the optimizer to
573 inline the body of this function into callers because it doesn't know if
574 this definition of the function is the definitive definition within the
575 program or whether it will be overridden by a stronger definition.
576 To enable inlining and other optimizations, use "<tt>linkonce_odr</tt>"
577 linkage.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000578
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000579 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000580 <dd>"<tt>weak</tt>" linkage has the same merging semantics as
581 <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage, except that unreferenced globals with
582 <tt>weak</tt> linkage may not be discarded. This is used for globals that
583 are declared "weak" in C source code.</dd>
584
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000585 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_common">common</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000586 <dd>"<tt>common</tt>" linkage is most similar to "<tt>weak</tt>" linkage, but
587 they are used for tentative definitions in C, such as "<tt>int X;</tt>" at
588 global scope.
589 Symbols with "<tt>common</tt>" linkage are merged in the same way as
590 <tt>weak symbols</tt>, and they may not be deleted if unreferenced.
Chris Lattnercd81f5d2009-08-05 05:41:44 +0000591 <tt>common</tt> symbols may not have an explicit section,
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +0000592 must have a zero initializer, and may not be marked '<a
Chris Lattnercd81f5d2009-08-05 05:41:44 +0000593 href="#globalvars"><tt>constant</tt></a>'. Functions and aliases may not
594 have common linkage.</dd>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000595
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000596
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000597 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_appending">appending</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000598 <dd>"<tt>appending</tt>" linkage may only be applied to global variables of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000599 pointer to array type. When two global variables with appending linkage
600 are linked together, the two global arrays are appended together. This is
601 the LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the system linker append together
602 "sections" with identical names when .o files are linked.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000603
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000604 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_externweak">extern_weak</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000605 <dd>The semantics of this linkage follow the ELF object file model: the symbol
606 is weak until linked, if not linked, the symbol becomes null instead of
607 being an undefined reference.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000608
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000609 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce_odr">linkonce_odr</a></b></tt></dt>
610 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak_odr">weak_odr</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000611 <dd>Some languages allow differing globals to be merged, such as two functions
612 with different semantics. Other languages, such as <tt>C++</tt>, ensure
613 that only equivalent globals are ever merged (the "one definition rule" -
614 "ODR"). Such languages can use the <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>
615 and <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkage types to indicate that the global will only
616 be merged with equivalent globals. These linkage types are otherwise the
617 same as their non-<tt>odr</tt> versions.</dd>
Duncan Sands667d4b82009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000618
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000619 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_external">externally visible</a></b></tt>:</dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000620 <dd>If none of the above identifiers are used, the global is externally
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000621 visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to
622 resolve external symbol references.</dd>
Reid Spencerc8910842007-04-11 23:49:50 +0000623</dl>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000624
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000625<p>The next two types of linkage are targeted for Microsoft Windows platform
626 only. They are designed to support importing (exporting) symbols from (to)
627 DLLs (Dynamic Link Libraries).</p>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000628
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000629<dl>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000630 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllimport">dllimport</a></b></tt></dt>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000631 <dd>"<tt>dllimport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to reference a function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000632 or variable via a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the DLL
633 exporting the symbol. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer name is
634 formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or variable
635 name.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000636
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000637 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllexport">dllexport</a></b></tt></dt>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000638 <dd>"<tt>dllexport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to provide a global
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000639 pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the
640 <tt>dllimport</tt> attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer
641 name is formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or
642 variable name.</dd>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000643</dl>
644
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000645<p>For example, since the "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable is defined to be internal, if
646 another module defined a "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable and was linked with this
647 one, one of the two would be renamed, preventing a collision. Since
648 "<tt>main</tt>" and "<tt>puts</tt>" are external (i.e., lacking any linkage
649 declarations), they are accessible outside of the current module.</p>
650
651<p>It is illegal for a function <i>declaration</i> to have any linkage type
652 other than "externally visible", <tt>dllimport</tt>
653 or <tt>extern_weak</tt>.</p>
654
Duncan Sands667d4b82009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000655<p>Aliases can have only <tt>external</tt>, <tt>internal</tt>, <tt>weak</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000656 or <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkages.</p>
657
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000658</div>
659
660<!-- ======================================================================= -->
661<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000662 <a name="callingconv">Calling Conventions</a>
663</div>
664
665<div class="doc_text">
666
667<p>LLVM <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a>, <a href="#i_call">calls</a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000668 and <a href="#i_invoke">invokes</a> can all have an optional calling
669 convention specified for the call. The calling convention of any pair of
670 dynamic caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is
671 undefined. The following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more
672 may be added in the future:</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000673
674<dl>
675 <dt><b>"<tt>ccc</tt>" - The C calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000676 <dd>This calling convention (the default if no other calling convention is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000677 specified) matches the target C calling conventions. This calling
678 convention supports varargs function calls and tolerates some mismatch in
679 the declared prototype and implemented declaration of the function (as
680 does normal C).</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000681
682 <dt><b>"<tt>fastcc</tt>" - The fast calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000683 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make calls as fast as possible
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000684 (e.g. by passing things in registers). This calling convention allows the
685 target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast code for the
686 target, without having to conform to an externally specified ABI
Jeffrey Yasskin95fa80a2010-01-09 19:44:16 +0000687 (Application Binary Interface).
688 <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">Tail calls can only be optimized
689 when this convention is used.</a> This calling convention does not
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000690 support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to exactly match
691 the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000692
693 <dt><b>"<tt>coldcc</tt>" - The cold calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000694 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make code in the caller as efficient
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000695 as possible under the assumption that the call is not commonly executed.
696 As such, these calls often preserve all registers so that the call does
697 not break any live ranges in the caller side. This calling convention
698 does not support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to
699 exactly match the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000700
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000701 <dt><b>"<tt>cc &lt;<em>n</em>&gt;</tt>" - Numbered convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000702 <dd>Any calling convention may be specified by number, allowing
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000703 target-specific calling conventions to be used. Target specific calling
704 conventions start at 64.</dd>
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000705</dl>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000706
707<p>More calling conventions can be added/defined on an as-needed basis, to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000708 support Pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent
709 convention.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000710
711</div>
712
713<!-- ======================================================================= -->
714<div class="doc_subsection">
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000715 <a name="visibility">Visibility Styles</a>
716</div>
717
718<div class="doc_text">
719
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000720<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following visibility
721 styles:</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000722
723<dl>
724 <dt><b>"<tt>default</tt>" - Default style</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000725 <dd>On targets that use the ELF object file format, default visibility means
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000726 that the declaration is visible to other modules and, in shared libraries,
727 means that the declared entity may be overridden. On Darwin, default
728 visibility means that the declaration is visible to other modules. Default
729 visibility corresponds to "external linkage" in the language.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000730
731 <dt><b>"<tt>hidden</tt>" - Hidden style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000732 <dd>Two declarations of an object with hidden visibility refer to the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000733 object if they are in the same shared object. Usually, hidden visibility
734 indicates that the symbol will not be placed into the dynamic symbol
735 table, so no other module (executable or shared library) can reference it
736 directly.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000737
Anton Korobeynikov6f9896f2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000738 <dt><b>"<tt>protected</tt>" - Protected style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikov6f9896f2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000739 <dd>On ELF, protected visibility indicates that the symbol will be placed in
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000740 the dynamic symbol table, but that references within the defining module
741 will bind to the local symbol. That is, the symbol cannot be overridden by
742 another module.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000743</dl>
744
745</div>
746
747<!-- ======================================================================= -->
748<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000749 <a name="namedtypes">Named Types</a>
750</div>
751
752<div class="doc_text">
753
754<p>LLVM IR allows you to specify name aliases for certain types. This can make
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000755 it easier to read the IR and make the IR more condensed (particularly when
756 recursive types are involved). An example of a name specification is:</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000757
758<div class="doc_code">
759<pre>
760%mytype = type { %mytype*, i32 }
761</pre>
762</div>
763
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000764<p>You may give a name to any <a href="#typesystem">type</a> except
765 "<a href="t_void">void</a>". Type name aliases may be used anywhere a type
766 is expected with the syntax "%mytype".</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000767
768<p>Note that type names are aliases for the structural type that they indicate,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000769 and that you can therefore specify multiple names for the same type. This
770 often leads to confusing behavior when dumping out a .ll file. Since LLVM IR
771 uses structural typing, the name is not part of the type. When printing out
772 LLVM IR, the printer will pick <em>one name</em> to render all types of a
773 particular shape. This means that if you have code where two different
774 source types end up having the same LLVM type, that the dumper will sometimes
775 print the "wrong" or unexpected type. This is an important design point and
776 isn't going to change.</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000777
778</div>
779
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000780<!-- ======================================================================= -->
781<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000782 <a name="globalvars">Global Variables</a>
783</div>
784
785<div class="doc_text">
786
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000787<p>Global variables define regions of memory allocated at compilation time
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000788 instead of run-time. Global variables may optionally be initialized, may
789 have an explicit section to be placed in, and may have an optional explicit
790 alignment specified. A variable may be defined as "thread_local", which
791 means that it will not be shared by threads (each thread will have a
792 separated copy of the variable). A variable may be defined as a global
793 "constant," which indicates that the contents of the variable
794 will <b>never</b> be modified (enabling better optimization, allowing the
795 global data to be placed in the read-only section of an executable, etc).
796 Note that variables that need runtime initialization cannot be marked
797 "constant" as there is a store to the variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000798
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000799<p>LLVM explicitly allows <em>declarations</em> of global variables to be marked
800 constant, even if the final definition of the global is not. This capability
801 can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the program, but
802 requires the language definition to guarantee that optimizations based on the
803 'constantness' are valid for the translation units that do not include the
804 definition.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000805
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000806<p>As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in scope
807 (i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program. Global variables
808 always define a pointer to their "content" type because they describe a
809 region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are accessed through
810 pointers.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000811
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000812<p>A global variable may be declared to reside in a target-specific numbered
813 address space. For targets that support them, address spaces may affect how
814 optimizations are performed and/or what target instructions are used to
815 access the variable. The default address space is zero. The address space
816 qualifier must precede any other attributes.</p>
Christopher Lamb284d9922007-12-11 09:31:00 +0000817
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000818<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for globals. If the target
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000819 supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000820
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000821<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a global. If not present, or if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000822 the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the global is set by the
823 target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
824 specified, the global is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
825 alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000826
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000827<p>For example, the following defines a global in a numbered address space with
828 an initializer, section, and alignment:</p>
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000829
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000830<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000831<pre>
Dan Gohman398873c2009-01-11 00:40:00 +0000832@G = addrspace(5) constant float 1.0, section "foo", align 4
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000833</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000834</div>
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000835
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000836</div>
837
838
839<!-- ======================================================================= -->
840<div class="doc_subsection">
841 <a name="functionstructure">Functions</a>
842</div>
843
844<div class="doc_text">
845
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000846<p>LLVM function definitions consist of the "<tt>define</tt>" keyord, an
847 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
848 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
849 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
850 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
851 name, a (possibly empty) argument list (each with optional
852 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attributes</a>), optional
853 <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a>, an optional section, an optional
854 alignment, an optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>, an opening
855 curly brace, a list of basic blocks, and a closing curly brace.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000856
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000857<p>LLVM function declarations consist of the "<tt>declare</tt>" keyword, an
858 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +0000859 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000860 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
861 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
862 name, a possibly empty list of arguments, an optional alignment, and an
863 optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000864
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000865<p>A function definition contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000866 (Control Flow Graph) for the function. Each basic block may optionally start
867 with a label (giving the basic block a symbol table entry), contains a list
868 of instructions, and ends with a <a href="#terminators">terminator</a>
869 instruction (such as a branch or function return).</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000870
Chris Lattner4a3c9012007-06-08 16:52:14 +0000871<p>The first basic block in a function is special in two ways: it is immediately
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000872 executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have
873 predecessor basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to the entry
874 block of a function). Because the block can have no predecessors, it also
875 cannot have any <a href="#i_phi">PHI nodes</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000876
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000877<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for functions. If the target
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000878 supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000879
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000880<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a function. If not present, or if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000881 the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set by the
882 target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
883 specified, the function is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
884 alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000885
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000886<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000887<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000888<pre>
Chris Lattner50ad45c2008-10-13 16:55:18 +0000889define [<a href="#linkage">linkage</a>] [<a href="#visibility">visibility</a>]
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000890 [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>]
891 &lt;ResultType&gt; @&lt;FunctionName&gt; ([argument list])
892 [<a href="#fnattrs">fn Attrs</a>] [section "name"] [align N]
893 [<a href="#gc">gc</a>] { ... }
894</pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000895</div>
896
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000897</div>
898
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000899<!-- ======================================================================= -->
900<div class="doc_subsection">
901 <a name="aliasstructure">Aliases</a>
902</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000903
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000904<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000905
906<p>Aliases act as "second name" for the aliasee value (which can be either
907 function, global variable, another alias or bitcast of global value). Aliases
908 may have an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, and an
909 optional <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000910
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000911<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000912<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000913<pre>
Duncan Sands0b23ac12008-09-12 20:48:21 +0000914@&lt;Name&gt; = alias [Linkage] [Visibility] &lt;AliaseeTy&gt; @&lt;Aliasee&gt;
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000915</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000916</div>
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000917
918</div>
919
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000920<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000921<div class="doc_subsection">
922 <a name="namedmetadatastructure">Named Metadata</a>
923</div>
924
925<div class="doc_text">
926
927<p>Named metadata is a collection of metadata. <a href="#metadata"> Metadata </a>
928 node and null are the only valid named metadata operands.
929 Metadata strings are not allowed as an named metadata operand.</p>
930
931<h5>Syntax:</h5>
932<div class="doc_code">
933<pre>
934!1 = metadata !{metadata !"one"}
935!name = !{null, !1}
936</pre>
937</div>
938
939</div>
940
941<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000942<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></div>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000943
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000944<div class="doc_text">
945
946<p>The return type and each parameter of a function type may have a set of
947 <i>parameter attributes</i> associated with them. Parameter attributes are
948 used to communicate additional information about the result or parameters of
949 a function. Parameter attributes are considered to be part of the function,
950 not of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes
951 can have the same function type.</p>
952
953<p>Parameter attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
954 multiple parameter attributes are needed, they are space separated. For
955 example:</p>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000956
957<div class="doc_code">
958<pre>
Nick Lewyckyb6a7d252009-02-15 23:06:14 +0000959declare i32 @printf(i8* noalias nocapture, ...)
Chris Lattner66d922c2008-10-04 18:33:34 +0000960declare i32 @atoi(i8 zeroext)
961declare signext i8 @returns_signed_char()
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000962</pre>
963</div>
964
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000965<p>Note that any attributes for the function result (<tt>nounwind</tt>,
966 <tt>readonly</tt>) come immediately after the argument list.</p>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000967
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000968<p>Currently, only the following parameter attributes are defined:</p>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000969
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000970<dl>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000971 <dt><tt><b>zeroext</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000972 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
973 should be zero-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
974 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000975
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000976 <dt><tt><b>signext</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000977 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
978 should be sign-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
979 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000980
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000981 <dt><tt><b>inreg</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000982 <dd>This indicates that this parameter or return value should be treated in a
983 special target-dependent fashion during while emitting code for a function
984 call or return (usually, by putting it in a register as opposed to memory,
985 though some targets use it to distinguish between two different kinds of
986 registers). Use of this attribute is target-specific.</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000987
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000988 <dt><tt><b><a name="byval">byval</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000989 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter should really be passed by value
990 to the function. The attribute implies that a hidden copy of the pointee
991 is made between the caller and the callee, so the callee is unable to
992 modify the value in the callee. This attribute is only valid on LLVM
993 pointer arguments. It is generally used to pass structs and arrays by
994 value, but is also valid on pointers to scalars. The copy is considered
995 to belong to the caller not the callee (for example,
996 <tt><a href="#readonly">readonly</a></tt> functions should not write to
997 <tt>byval</tt> parameters). This is not a valid attribute for return
998 values. The byval attribute also supports specifying an alignment with
999 the align attribute. This has a target-specific effect on the code
1000 generator that usually indicates a desired alignment for the synthesized
1001 stack slot.</dd>
1002
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001003 <dt><tt><b>sret</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001004 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter specifies the address of a
1005 structure that is the return value of the function in the source program.
1006 This pointer must be guaranteed by the caller to be valid: loads and
1007 stores to the structure may be assumed by the callee to not to trap. This
1008 may only be applied to the first parameter. This is not a valid attribute
1009 for return values. </dd>
1010
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001011 <dt><tt><b>noalias</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001012 <dd>This indicates that the pointer does not alias any global or any other
1013 parameter. The caller is responsible for ensuring that this is the
1014 case. On a function return value, <tt>noalias</tt> additionally indicates
1015 that the pointer does not alias any other pointers visible to the
1016 caller. For further details, please see the discussion of the NoAlias
1017 response in
1018 <a href="http://llvm.org/docs/AliasAnalysis.html#MustMayNo">alias
1019 analysis</a>.</dd>
1020
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001021 <dt><tt><b>nocapture</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001022 <dd>This indicates that the callee does not make any copies of the pointer
1023 that outlive the callee itself. This is not a valid attribute for return
1024 values.</dd>
1025
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001026 <dt><tt><b>nest</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001027 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter can be excised using the
1028 <a href="#int_trampoline">trampoline intrinsics</a>. This is not a valid
1029 attribute for return values.</dd>
1030</dl>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001031
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001032</div>
1033
1034<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001035<div class="doc_subsection">
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001036 <a name="gc">Garbage Collector Names</a>
1037</div>
1038
1039<div class="doc_text">
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001040
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001041<p>Each function may specify a garbage collector name, which is simply a
1042 string:</p>
1043
1044<div class="doc_code">
1045<pre>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001046define void @f() gc "name" { ... }
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001047</pre>
1048</div>
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001049
1050<p>The compiler declares the supported values of <i>name</i>. Specifying a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001051 collector which will cause the compiler to alter its output in order to
1052 support the named garbage collection algorithm.</p>
1053
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001054</div>
1055
1056<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1057<div class="doc_subsection">
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001058 <a name="fnattrs">Function Attributes</a>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001059</div>
1060
1061<div class="doc_text">
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001062
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001063<p>Function attributes are set to communicate additional information about a
1064 function. Function attributes are considered to be part of the function, not
1065 of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes can
1066 have the same function type.</p>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001067
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001068<p>Function attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
1069 multiple attributes are needed, they are space separated. For example:</p>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001070
1071<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001072<pre>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001073define void @f() noinline { ... }
1074define void @f() alwaysinline { ... }
1075define void @f() alwaysinline optsize { ... }
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001076define void @f() optsize { ... }
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001077</pre>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001078</div>
1079
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001080<dl>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001081 <dt><tt><b>alwaysinline</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001082 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should attempt to inline this
1083 function into callers whenever possible, ignoring any active inlining size
1084 threshold for this caller.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001085
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001086 <dt><tt><b>inlinehint</b></tt></dt>
Dale Johannesende86d472009-08-26 01:08:21 +00001087 <dd>This attribute indicates that the source code contained a hint that inlining
1088 this function is desirable (such as the "inline" keyword in C/C++). It
1089 is just a hint; it imposes no requirements on the inliner.</dd>
1090
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001091 <dt><tt><b>noinline</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001092 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should never inline this
1093 function in any situation. This attribute may not be used together with
1094 the <tt>alwaysinline</tt> attribute.</dd>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001095
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001096 <dt><tt><b>optsize</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001097 <dd>This attribute suggests that optimization passes and code generator passes
1098 make choices that keep the code size of this function low, and otherwise
1099 do optimizations specifically to reduce code size.</dd>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001100
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001101 <dt><tt><b>noreturn</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001102 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns
1103 normally. This produces undefined behavior at runtime if the function
1104 ever does dynamically return.</dd>
Bill Wendling31359ba2008-11-13 01:02:51 +00001105
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001106 <dt><tt><b>nounwind</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001107 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns with an
1108 unwind or exceptional control flow. If the function does unwind, its
1109 runtime behavior is undefined.</dd>
Bill Wendlingfbaa7ed2008-11-26 19:07:40 +00001110
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001111 <dt><tt><b>readnone</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001112 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function computes its result (or decides
1113 to unwind an exception) based strictly on its arguments, without
1114 dereferencing any pointer arguments or otherwise accessing any mutable
1115 state (e.g. memory, control registers, etc) visible to caller functions.
1116 It does not write through any pointer arguments
1117 (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt> arguments) and never
1118 changes any state visible to callers. This means that it cannot unwind
1119 exceptions by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but
1120 could use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Devang Patel5d96fda2009-06-12 19:45:19 +00001121
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001122 <dt><tt><b><a name="readonly">readonly</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001123 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function does not write through any
1124 pointer arguments (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt>
1125 arguments) or otherwise modify any state (e.g. memory, control registers,
1126 etc) visible to caller functions. It may dereference pointer arguments
1127 and read state that may be set in the caller. A readonly function always
1128 returns the same value (or unwinds an exception identically) when called
1129 with the same set of arguments and global state. It cannot unwind an
1130 exception by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but may
1131 use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovc5ec8a72009-07-17 18:07:26 +00001132
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001133 <dt><tt><b><a name="ssp">ssp</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001134 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should emit a stack smashing
1135 protector. It is in the form of a "canary"&mdash;a random value placed on
1136 the stack before the local variables that's checked upon return from the
1137 function to see if it has been overwritten. A heuristic is used to
1138 determine if a function needs stack protectors or not.<br>
1139<br>
1140 If a function that has an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1141 function that doesn't have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting
1142 function will have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute.</dd>
1143
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001144 <dt><tt><b>sspreq</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001145 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should <em>always</em> emit a
1146 stack smashing protector. This overrides
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001147 the <tt><a href="#ssp">ssp</a></tt> function attribute.<br>
1148<br>
1149 If a function that has an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1150 function that doesn't have an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute or which has
1151 an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting function will have
1152 an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001153
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001154 <dt><tt><b>noredzone</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001155 <dd>This attribute indicates that the code generator should not use a red
1156 zone, even if the target-specific ABI normally permits it.</dd>
1157
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001158 <dt><tt><b>noimplicitfloat</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001159 <dd>This attributes disables implicit floating point instructions.</dd>
1160
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001161 <dt><tt><b>naked</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001162 <dd>This attribute disables prologue / epilogue emission for the function.
1163 This can have very system-specific consequences.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001164</dl>
1165
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001166</div>
1167
1168<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1169<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner1eeeb0c2006-04-08 04:40:53 +00001170 <a name="moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001171</div>
1172
1173<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001174
1175<p>Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds to
1176 the GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks. These blocks are internally
1177 concatenated by LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated in
1178 the <tt>.ll</tt> file if desired. The syntax is very simple:</p>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001179
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001180<div class="doc_code">
1181<pre>
1182module asm "inline asm code goes here"
1183module asm "more can go here"
1184</pre>
1185</div>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001186
1187<p>The strings can contain any character by escaping non-printable characters.
1188 The escape sequence used is simply "\xx" where "xx" is the two digit hex code
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001189 for the number.</p>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001190
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001191<p>The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when
1192 assembly code is generated.</p>
1193
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001194</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001195
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001196<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1197<div class="doc_subsection">
1198 <a name="datalayout">Data Layout</a>
1199</div>
1200
1201<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001202
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001203<p>A module may specify a target specific data layout string that specifies how
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001204 data is to be laid out in memory. The syntax for the data layout is
1205 simply:</p>
1206
1207<div class="doc_code">
1208<pre>
1209target datalayout = "<i>layout specification</i>"
1210</pre>
1211</div>
1212
1213<p>The <i>layout specification</i> consists of a list of specifications
1214 separated by the minus sign character ('-'). Each specification starts with
1215 a letter and may include other information after the letter to define some
1216 aspect of the data layout. The specifications accepted are as follows:</p>
1217
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001218<dl>
1219 <dt><tt>E</tt></dt>
1220 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in big-endian form. That is, the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001221 bits with the most significance have the lowest address location.</dd>
1222
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001223 <dt><tt>e</tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001224 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in little-endian form. That is,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001225 the bits with the least significance have the lowest address
1226 location.</dd>
1227
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001228 <dt><tt>p:<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001229 <dd>This specifies the <i>size</i> of a pointer and its <i>abi</i> and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001230 <i>preferred</i> alignments. All sizes are in bits. Specifying
1231 the <i>pref</i> alignment is optional. If omitted, the
1232 preceding <tt>:</tt> should be omitted too.</dd>
1233
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001234 <dt><tt>i<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1235 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an integer type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001236 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be in the range [1,2^23).</dd>
1237
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001238 <dt><tt>v<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001239 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a vector type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001240 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1241
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001242 <dt><tt>f<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001243 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a floating point type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001244 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be either 32 (float) or 64
1245 (double).</dd>
1246
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001247 <dt><tt>a<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1248 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an aggregate type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001249 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1250
Daniel Dunbar87bde0b2009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001251 <dt><tt>s<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1252 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a stack object of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001253 <i>size</i>.</dd>
Chris Lattnere82bdc42009-11-07 09:35:34 +00001254
1255 <dt><tt>n<i>size1</i>:<i>size2</i>:<i>size3</i>...</tt></dt>
1256 <dd>This specifies a set of native integer widths for the target CPU
1257 in bits. For example, it might contain "n32" for 32-bit PowerPC,
1258 "n32:64" for PowerPC 64, or "n8:16:32:64" for X86-64. Elements of
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001259 this set are considered to support most general arithmetic
Chris Lattnere82bdc42009-11-07 09:35:34 +00001260 operations efficiently.</dd>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001261</dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001262
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001263<p>When constructing the data layout for a given target, LLVM starts with a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001264 default set of specifications which are then (possibly) overriden by the
1265 specifications in the <tt>datalayout</tt> keyword. The default specifications
1266 are given in this list:</p>
1267
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001268<ul>
1269 <li><tt>E</tt> - big endian</li>
1270 <li><tt>p:32:64:64</tt> - 32-bit pointers with 64-bit alignment</li>
1271 <li><tt>i1:8:8</tt> - i1 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1272 <li><tt>i8:8:8</tt> - i8 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1273 <li><tt>i16:16:16</tt> - i16 is 16-bit aligned</li>
1274 <li><tt>i32:32:32</tt> - i32 is 32-bit aligned</li>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001275 <li><tt>i64:32:64</tt> - i64 has ABI alignment of 32-bits but preferred
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001276 alignment of 64-bits</li>
1277 <li><tt>f32:32:32</tt> - float is 32-bit aligned</li>
1278 <li><tt>f64:64:64</tt> - double is 64-bit aligned</li>
1279 <li><tt>v64:64:64</tt> - 64-bit vector is 64-bit aligned</li>
1280 <li><tt>v128:128:128</tt> - 128-bit vector is 128-bit aligned</li>
1281 <li><tt>a0:0:1</tt> - aggregates are 8-bit aligned</li>
Daniel Dunbar87bde0b2009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001282 <li><tt>s0:64:64</tt> - stack objects are 64-bit aligned</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001283</ul>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001284
1285<p>When LLVM is determining the alignment for a given type, it uses the
1286 following rules:</p>
1287
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001288<ol>
1289 <li>If the type sought is an exact match for one of the specifications, that
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001290 specification is used.</li>
1291
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001292 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is an integer type, then the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001293 smallest integer type that is larger than the bitwidth of the sought type
1294 is used. If none of the specifications are larger than the bitwidth then
1295 the the largest integer type is used. For example, given the default
1296 specifications above, the i7 type will use the alignment of i8 (next
1297 largest) while both i65 and i256 will use the alignment of i64 (largest
1298 specified).</li>
1299
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001300 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is a vector type, then the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001301 largest vector type that is smaller than the sought vector type will be
1302 used as a fall back. This happens because &lt;128 x double&gt; can be
1303 implemented in terms of 64 &lt;2 x double&gt;, for example.</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001304</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001305
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001306</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001307
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001308<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1309<div class="doc_subsection">
1310 <a name="pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
1311</div>
1312
1313<div class="doc_text">
1314
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001315<p>Any memory access must be done through a pointer value associated
Andreas Bolka99a82052009-07-27 20:37:10 +00001316with an address range of the memory access, otherwise the behavior
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001317is undefined. Pointer values are associated with address ranges
1318according to the following rules:</p>
1319
1320<ul>
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001321 <li>A pointer value formed from a
1322 <tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt> instruction
1323 is associated with the addresses associated with the first operand
1324 of the <tt>getelementptr</tt>.</li>
1325 <li>An address of a global variable is associated with the address
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001326 range of the variable's storage.</li>
1327 <li>The result value of an allocation instruction is associated with
1328 the address range of the allocated storage.</li>
1329 <li>A null pointer in the default address-space is associated with
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001330 no address.</li>
1331 <li>A pointer value formed by an
1332 <tt><a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a></tt> is associated with all
1333 address ranges of all pointer values that contribute (directly or
1334 indirectly) to the computation of the pointer's value.</li>
1335 <li>The result value of a
1336 <tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt> is associated with all
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001337 addresses associated with the operand of the <tt>bitcast</tt>.</li>
1338 <li>An integer constant other than zero or a pointer value returned
1339 from a function not defined within LLVM may be associated with address
1340 ranges allocated through mechanisms other than those provided by
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001341 LLVM. Such ranges shall not overlap with any ranges of addresses
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001342 allocated by mechanisms provided by LLVM.</li>
1343 </ul>
1344
1345<p>LLVM IR does not associate types with memory. The result type of a
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001346<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> merely indicates the size and
1347alignment of the memory from which to load, as well as the
1348interpretation of the value. The first operand of a
1349<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt> similarly only indicates the size
1350and alignment of the store.</p>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001351
1352<p>Consequently, type-based alias analysis, aka TBAA, aka
1353<tt>-fstrict-aliasing</tt>, is not applicable to general unadorned
1354LLVM IR. <a href="#metadata">Metadata</a> may be used to encode
1355additional information which specialized optimization passes may use
1356to implement type-based alias analysis.</p>
1357
1358</div>
1359
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001360<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001361<div class="doc_section"> <a name="typesystem">Type System</a> </div>
1362<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001363
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001364<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001365
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001366<p>The LLVM type system is one of the most important features of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001367 intermediate representation. Being typed enables a number of optimizations
1368 to be performed on the intermediate representation directly, without having
1369 to do extra analyses on the side before the transformation. A strong type
1370 system makes it easier to read the generated code and enables novel analyses
1371 and transformations that are not feasible to perform on normal three address
1372 code representations.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001373
1374</div>
1375
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001376<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001377<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_classifications">Type
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001378Classifications</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001379
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001380<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001381
1382<p>The types fall into a few useful classifications:</p>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001383
1384<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001385 <tbody>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001386 <tr><th>Classification</th><th>Types</th></tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001387 <tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001388 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a></td>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001389 <td><tt>i1, i2, i3, ... i8, ... i16, ... i32, ... i64, ... </tt></td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001390 </tr>
1391 <tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001392 <td><a href="#t_floating">floating point</a></td>
1393 <td><tt>float, double, x86_fp80, fp128, ppc_fp128</tt></td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001394 </tr>
1395 <tr>
1396 <td><a name="t_firstclass">first class</a></td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001397 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
1398 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1399 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
Dan Gohman0066db62008-06-18 18:42:13 +00001400 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00001401 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1402 <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001403 <a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1404 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001405 </td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001406 </tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001407 <tr>
1408 <td><a href="#t_primitive">primitive</a></td>
1409 <td><a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1410 <a href="#t_void">void</a>,
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001411 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1412 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.</td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001413 </tr>
1414 <tr>
1415 <td><a href="#t_derived">derived</a></td>
1416 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
1417 <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
1418 <a href="#t_function">function</a>,
1419 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
1420 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1421 <a href="#t_pstruct">packed structure</a>,
1422 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
1423 <a href="#t_opaque">opaque</a>.
Dan Gohman01ac1012008-10-14 16:32:04 +00001424 </td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001425 </tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001426 </tbody>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001427</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001428
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001429<p>The <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> types are perhaps the most
1430 important. Values of these types are the only ones which can be produced by
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001431 instructions.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001432
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001433</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001434
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001435<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001436<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_primitive">Primitive Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattner8f8c7b72008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001437
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001438<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001439
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001440<p>The primitive types are the fundamental building blocks of the LLVM
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001441 system.</p>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001442
Chris Lattner8f8c7b72008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001443</div>
1444
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001445<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001446<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_integer">Integer Type</a> </div>
1447
1448<div class="doc_text">
1449
1450<h5>Overview:</h5>
1451<p>The integer type is a very simple type that simply specifies an arbitrary
1452 bit width for the integer type desired. Any bit width from 1 bit to
1453 2<sup>23</sup>-1 (about 8 million) can be specified.</p>
1454
1455<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1456<pre>
1457 iN
1458</pre>
1459
1460<p>The number of bits the integer will occupy is specified by the <tt>N</tt>
1461 value.</p>
1462
1463<h5>Examples:</h5>
1464<table class="layout">
1465 <tr class="layout">
1466 <td class="left"><tt>i1</tt></td>
1467 <td class="left">a single-bit integer.</td>
1468 </tr>
1469 <tr class="layout">
1470 <td class="left"><tt>i32</tt></td>
1471 <td class="left">a 32-bit integer.</td>
1472 </tr>
1473 <tr class="layout">
1474 <td class="left"><tt>i1942652</tt></td>
1475 <td class="left">a really big integer of over 1 million bits.</td>
1476 </tr>
1477</table>
1478
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001479</div>
1480
1481<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001482<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_floating">Floating Point Types</a> </div>
1483
1484<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001485
1486<table>
1487 <tbody>
1488 <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr>
1489 <tr><td><tt>float</tt></td><td>32-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1490 <tr><td><tt>double</tt></td><td>64-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1491 <tr><td><tt>fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (112-bit mantissa)</td></tr>
1492 <tr><td><tt>x86_fp80</tt></td><td>80-bit floating point value (X87)</td></tr>
1493 <tr><td><tt>ppc_fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (two 64-bits)</td></tr>
1494 </tbody>
1495</table>
1496
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001497</div>
1498
1499<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1500<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_void">Void Type</a> </div>
1501
1502<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001503
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001504<h5>Overview:</h5>
1505<p>The void type does not represent any value and has no size.</p>
1506
1507<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001508<pre>
1509 void
1510</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001511
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001512</div>
1513
1514<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1515<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_label">Label Type</a> </div>
1516
1517<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001518
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001519<h5>Overview:</h5>
1520<p>The label type represents code labels.</p>
1521
1522<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001523<pre>
1524 label
1525</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001526
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001527</div>
1528
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001529<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1530<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_metadata">Metadata Type</a> </div>
1531
1532<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001533
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001534<h5>Overview:</h5>
Nick Lewyckyc261df92009-09-27 23:27:42 +00001535<p>The metadata type represents embedded metadata. No derived types may be
1536 created from metadata except for <a href="#t_function">function</a>
1537 arguments.
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001538
1539<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001540<pre>
1541 metadata
1542</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001543
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001544</div>
1545
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001546
1547<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001548<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_derived">Derived Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001549
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001550<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001551
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001552<p>The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system. This is
1553 what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions, pointers, and other
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001554 useful types. Each of these types contain one or more element types which
1555 may be a primitive type, or another derived type. For example, it is
1556 possible to have a two dimensional array, using an array as the element type
1557 of another array.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001558
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001559</div>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001560
1561<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001562<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_array">Array Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001563
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001564<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001565
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001566<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001567<p>The array type is a very simple derived type that arranges elements
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001568 sequentially in memory. The array type requires a size (number of elements)
1569 and an underlying data type.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001570
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001571<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001572<pre>
1573 [&lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt;]
1574</pre>
1575
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001576<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; <tt>elementtype</tt> may
1577 be any type with a size.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001578
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001579<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001580<table class="layout">
1581 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001582 <td class="left"><tt>[40 x i32]</tt></td>
1583 <td class="left">Array of 40 32-bit integer values.</td>
1584 </tr>
1585 <tr class="layout">
1586 <td class="left"><tt>[41 x i32]</tt></td>
1587 <td class="left">Array of 41 32-bit integer values.</td>
1588 </tr>
1589 <tr class="layout">
1590 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i8]</tt></td>
1591 <td class="left">Array of 4 8-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001592 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001593</table>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001594<p>Here are some examples of multidimensional arrays:</p>
1595<table class="layout">
1596 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001597 <td class="left"><tt>[3 x [4 x i32]]</tt></td>
1598 <td class="left">3x4 array of 32-bit integer values.</td>
1599 </tr>
1600 <tr class="layout">
1601 <td class="left"><tt>[12 x [10 x float]]</tt></td>
1602 <td class="left">12x10 array of single precision floating point values.</td>
1603 </tr>
1604 <tr class="layout">
1605 <td class="left"><tt>[2 x [3 x [4 x i16]]]</tt></td>
1606 <td class="left">2x3x4 array of 16-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001607 </tr>
1608</table>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001609
Dan Gohman7657f6b2009-11-09 19:01:53 +00001610<p>There is no restriction on indexing beyond the end of the array implied by
1611 a static type (though there are restrictions on indexing beyond the bounds
1612 of an allocated object in some cases). This means that single-dimension
1613 'variable sized array' addressing can be implemented in LLVM with a zero
1614 length array type. An implementation of 'pascal style arrays' in LLVM could
1615 use the type "<tt>{ i32, [0 x float]}</tt>", for example.</p>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001616
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001617</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001618
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001619<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001620<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_function">Function Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001621
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001622<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001623
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001624<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001625<p>The function type can be thought of as a function signature. It consists of
1626 a return type and a list of formal parameter types. The return type of a
1627 function type is a scalar type, a void type, or a struct type. If the return
1628 type is a struct type then all struct elements must be of first class types,
1629 and the struct must have at least one element.</p>
Devang Patelc3fc6df2008-03-10 20:49:15 +00001630
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001631<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001632<pre>
Nick Lewycky51386942009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001633 &lt;returntype&gt; (&lt;parameter list&gt;)
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001634</pre>
1635
John Criswell0ec250c2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00001636<p>...where '<tt>&lt;parameter list&gt;</tt>' is a comma-separated list of type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001637 specifiers. Optionally, the parameter list may include a type <tt>...</tt>,
1638 which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments.
1639 Variable argument functions can access their arguments with
1640 the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument handling intrinsic</a>
Nick Lewycky51386942009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001641 functions. '<tt>&lt;returntype&gt;</tt>' is a any type except
Nick Lewyckyc261df92009-09-27 23:27:42 +00001642 <a href="#t_label">label</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001643
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001644<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001645<table class="layout">
1646 <tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001647 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32)</tt></td>
1648 <td class="left">function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning an <tt>i32</tt>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001649 </td>
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001650 </tr><tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer9445e9a2007-07-19 23:13:04 +00001651 <td class="left"><tt>float&nbsp;(i16&nbsp;signext,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;*)&nbsp;*
Reid Spencerf17a0b72006-12-31 07:20:23 +00001652 </tt></td>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001653 <td class="left"><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> to a function that takes
1654 an <tt>i16</tt> that should be sign extended and a
1655 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i32</tt>, returning
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001656 <tt>float</tt>.
1657 </td>
1658 </tr><tr class="layout">
1659 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i8*, ...)</tt></td>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001660 <td class="left">A vararg function that takes at least one
1661 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i8 </tt> (char in C),
1662 which returns an integer. This is the signature for <tt>printf</tt> in
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001663 LLVM.
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001664 </td>
Devang Patela582f402008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001665 </tr><tr class="layout">
1666 <td class="left"><tt>{i32, i32} (i32)</tt></td>
Nick Lewycky51386942009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001667 <td class="left">A function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning a
1668 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a> containing two <tt>i32</tt> values
Devang Patela582f402008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001669 </td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001670 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001671</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001672
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001673</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001674
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001675<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001676<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_struct">Structure Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001677
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001678<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001679
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001680<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001681<p>The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members together
1682 in memory. The packing of the field types is defined to match the ABI of the
1683 underlying processor. The elements of a structure may be any type that has a
1684 size.</p>
1685
Jeffrey Yasskin7a088cf2010-01-11 19:19:26 +00001686<p>Structures in memory are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt>'
1687 and '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field
1688 with the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.
1689 Structures in registers are accessed using the
1690 '<tt><a href="#i_extractvalue">extractvalue</a></tt>' and
1691 '<tt><a href="#i_insertvalue">insertvalue</a></tt>' instructions.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001692<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001693<pre>
1694 { &lt;type list&gt; }
1695</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001696
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001697<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001698<table class="layout">
1699 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001700 <td class="left"><tt>{ i32, i32, i32 }</tt></td>
1701 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1702 </tr><tr class="layout">
1703 <td class="left"><tt>{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)&nbsp;*&nbsp;}</tt></td>
1704 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1705 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1706 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1707 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001708 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001709</table>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001710
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001711</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001712
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001713<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001714<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a>
1715</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001716
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001717<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001718
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001719<h5>Overview:</h5>
1720<p>The packed structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001721 together in memory. There is no padding between fields. Further, the
1722 alignment of a packed structure is 1 byte. The elements of a packed
1723 structure may be any type that has a size.</p>
1724
1725<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
1726 '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
1727 the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
1728
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001729<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001730<pre>
1731 &lt; { &lt;type list&gt; } &gt;
1732</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001733
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001734<h5>Examples:</h5>
1735<table class="layout">
1736 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001737 <td class="left"><tt>&lt; { i32, i32, i32 } &gt;</tt></td>
1738 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1739 </tr><tr class="layout">
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001740 <td class="left">
1741<tt>&lt;&nbsp;{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)*&nbsp;}&nbsp;&gt;</tt></td>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001742 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1743 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1744 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1745 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001746 </tr>
1747</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001748
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001749</div>
1750
1751<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001752<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pointer">Pointer Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattner0fd4a272009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001753
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001754<div class="doc_text">
1755
1756<h5>Overview:</h5>
1757<p>As in many languages, the pointer type represents a pointer or reference to
1758 another object, which must live in memory. Pointer types may have an optional
1759 address space attribute defining the target-specific numbered address space
1760 where the pointed-to object resides. The default address space is zero.</p>
1761
1762<p>Note that LLVM does not permit pointers to void (<tt>void*</tt>) nor does it
1763 permit pointers to labels (<tt>label*</tt>). Use <tt>i8*</tt> instead.</p>
Chris Lattner0fd4a272009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001764
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001765<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001766<pre>
1767 &lt;type&gt; *
1768</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001769
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001770<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001771<table class="layout">
1772 <tr class="layout">
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00001773 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i32]*</tt></td>
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001774 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <a
1775 href="#t_array">array</a> of four <tt>i32</tt> values.</td>
1776 </tr>
1777 <tr class="layout">
1778 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32 *) *</tt></td>
1779 <td class="left"> A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001780 href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32*</tt>, returning an
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001781 <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
1782 </tr>
1783 <tr class="layout">
1784 <td class="left"><tt>i32 addrspace(5)*</tt></td>
1785 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to an <tt>i32</tt> value
1786 that resides in address space #5.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001787 </tr>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001788</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001789
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001790</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001791
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001792<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001793<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_vector">Vector Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001794
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001795<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001796
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001797<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001798<p>A vector type is a simple derived type that represents a vector of elements.
1799 Vector types are used when multiple primitive data are operated in parallel
1800 using a single instruction (SIMD). A vector type requires a size (number of
Duncan Sandsd40d14e2009-11-27 13:38:03 +00001801 elements) and an underlying primitive data type. Vector types are considered
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001802 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001803
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001804<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001805<pre>
1806 &lt; &lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt; &gt;
1807</pre>
1808
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001809<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may be any
1810 integer or floating point type.</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001811
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001812<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001813<table class="layout">
1814 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001815 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;4 x i32&gt;</tt></td>
1816 <td class="left">Vector of 4 32-bit integer values.</td>
1817 </tr>
1818 <tr class="layout">
1819 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;8 x float&gt;</tt></td>
1820 <td class="left">Vector of 8 32-bit floating-point values.</td>
1821 </tr>
1822 <tr class="layout">
1823 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;2 x i64&gt;</tt></td>
1824 <td class="left">Vector of 2 64-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001825 </tr>
1826</table>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001827
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001828</div>
1829
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001830<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1831<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_opaque">Opaque Type</a> </div>
1832<div class="doc_text">
1833
1834<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001835<p>Opaque types are used to represent unknown types in the system. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001836 corresponds (for example) to the C notion of a forward declared structure
1837 type. In LLVM, opaque types can eventually be resolved to any type (not just
1838 a structure type).</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001839
1840<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001841<pre>
1842 opaque
1843</pre>
1844
1845<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001846<table class="layout">
1847 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001848 <td class="left"><tt>opaque</tt></td>
1849 <td class="left">An opaque type.</td>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001850 </tr>
1851</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001852
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001853</div>
1854
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001855<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1856<div class="doc_subsection">
1857 <a name="t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a>
1858</div>
1859
1860<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001861
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001862<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001863<p>An "up reference" allows you to refer to a lexically enclosing type without
1864 requiring it to have a name. For instance, a structure declaration may
1865 contain a pointer to any of the types it is lexically a member of. Example
1866 of up references (with their equivalent as named type declarations)
1867 include:</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001868
1869<pre>
Chris Lattner3060f5b2009-02-09 10:00:56 +00001870 { \2 * } %x = type { %x* }
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001871 { \2 }* %y = type { %y }*
1872 \1* %z = type %z*
1873</pre>
1874
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001875<p>An up reference is needed by the asmprinter for printing out cyclic types
1876 when there is no declared name for a type in the cycle. Because the
1877 asmprinter does not want to print out an infinite type string, it needs a
1878 syntax to handle recursive types that have no names (all names are optional
1879 in llvm IR).</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001880
1881<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1882<pre>
1883 \&lt;level&gt;
1884</pre>
1885
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001886<p>The level is the count of the lexical type that is being referred to.</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001887
1888<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001889<table class="layout">
1890 <tr class="layout">
1891 <td class="left"><tt>\1*</tt></td>
1892 <td class="left">Self-referential pointer.</td>
1893 </tr>
1894 <tr class="layout">
1895 <td class="left"><tt>{ { \3*, i8 }, i32 }</tt></td>
1896 <td class="left">Recursive structure where the upref refers to the out-most
1897 structure.</td>
1898 </tr>
1899</table>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001900
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001901</div>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001902
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001903<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1904<div class="doc_section"> <a name="constants">Constants</a> </div>
1905<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1906
1907<div class="doc_text">
1908
1909<p>LLVM has several different basic types of constants. This section describes
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001910 them all and their syntax.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001911
1912</div>
1913
1914<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +00001915<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001916
1917<div class="doc_text">
1918
1919<dl>
1920 <dt><b>Boolean constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001921 <dd>The two strings '<tt>true</tt>' and '<tt>false</tt>' are both valid
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001922 constants of the <tt><a href="#t_integer">i1</a></tt> type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001923
1924 <dt><b>Integer constants</b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001925 <dd>Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of
1926 the <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. Negative numbers may be used
1927 with integer types.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001928
1929 <dt><b>Floating point constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001930 <dd>Floating point constants use standard decimal notation (e.g. 123.421),
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001931 exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise hexadecimal
1932 notation (see below). The assembler requires the exact decimal value of a
1933 floating-point constant. For example, the assembler accepts 1.25 but
1934 rejects 1.3 because 1.3 is a repeating decimal in binary. Floating point
1935 constants must have a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. </dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001936
1937 <dt><b>Null pointer constants</b></dt>
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001938 <dd>The identifier '<tt>null</tt>' is recognized as a null pointer constant
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001939 and must be of <a href="#t_pointer">pointer type</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001940</dl>
1941
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001942<p>The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the hexadecimal form of
1943 floating point constants. For example, the form '<tt>double
1944 0x432ff973cafa8000</tt>' is equivalent to (but harder to read than)
1945 '<tt>double 4.5e+15</tt>'. The only time hexadecimal floating point
1946 constants are required (and the only time that they are generated by the
1947 disassembler) is when a floating point constant must be emitted but it cannot
1948 be represented as a decimal floating point number in a reasonable number of
1949 digits. For example, NaN's, infinities, and other special values are
1950 represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that assembly and disassembly
1951 do not cause any bits to change in the constants.</p>
1952
Dale Johannesenbd5e5a82009-02-11 22:14:51 +00001953<p>When using the hexadecimal form, constants of types float and double are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001954 represented using the 16-digit form shown above (which matches the IEEE754
1955 representation for double); float values must, however, be exactly
1956 representable as IEE754 single precision. Hexadecimal format is always used
1957 for long double, and there are three forms of long double. The 80-bit format
1958 used by x86 is represented as <tt>0xK</tt> followed by 20 hexadecimal digits.
1959 The 128-bit format used by PowerPC (two adjacent doubles) is represented
1960 by <tt>0xM</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits. The IEEE 128-bit format
1961 is represented by <tt>0xL</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits; no
1962 currently supported target uses this format. Long doubles will only work if
1963 they match the long double format on your target. All hexadecimal formats
1964 are big-endian (sign bit at the left).</p>
1965
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001966</div>
1967
1968<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +00001969<div class="doc_subsection">
Bill Wendlingd9fe2982009-07-20 02:32:41 +00001970<a name="aggregateconstants"></a> <!-- old anchor -->
1971<a name="complexconstants">Complex Constants</a>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001972</div>
1973
1974<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001975
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +00001976<p>Complex constants are a (potentially recursive) combination of simple
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001977 constants and smaller complex constants.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001978
1979<dl>
1980 <dt><b>Structure constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001981 <dd>Structure constants are represented with notation similar to structure
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001982 type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces
1983 (<tt>{}</tt>)). For example: "<tt>{ i32 4, float 17.0, i32* @G }</tt>",
1984 where "<tt>@G</tt>" is declared as "<tt>@G = external global i32</tt>".
1985 Structure constants must have <a href="#t_struct">structure type</a>, and
1986 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
1987 type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001988
1989 <dt><b>Array constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001990 <dd>Array constants are represented with notation similar to array type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001991 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by square
1992 brackets (<tt>[]</tt>)). For example: "<tt>[ i32 42, i32 11, i32 74
1993 ]</tt>". Array constants must have <a href="#t_array">array type</a>, and
1994 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
1995 type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001996
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001997 <dt><b>Vector constants</b></dt>
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001998 <dd>Vector constants are represented with notation similar to vector type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001999 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by
2000 less-than/greater-than's (<tt>&lt;&gt;</tt>)). For example: "<tt>&lt; i32
2001 42, i32 11, i32 74, i32 100 &gt;</tt>". Vector constants must
2002 have <a href="#t_vector">vector type</a>, and the number and types of
2003 elements must match those specified by the type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002004
2005 <dt><b>Zero initialization</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002006 <dd>The string '<tt>zeroinitializer</tt>' can be used to zero initialize a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002007 value to zero of <em>any</em> type, including scalar and aggregate types.
2008 This is often used to avoid having to print large zero initializers
2009 (e.g. for large arrays) and is always exactly equivalent to using explicit
2010 zero initializers.</dd>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002011
2012 <dt><b>Metadata node</b></dt>
Nick Lewycky1e8c7a62009-05-30 16:08:30 +00002013 <dd>A metadata node is a structure-like constant with
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002014 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata type</a>. For example: "<tt>metadata !{
2015 i32 0, metadata !"test" }</tt>". Unlike other constants that are meant to
2016 be interpreted as part of the instruction stream, metadata is a place to
2017 attach additional information such as debug info.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002018</dl>
2019
2020</div>
2021
2022<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2023<div class="doc_subsection">
2024 <a name="globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a>
2025</div>
2026
2027<div class="doc_text">
2028
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002029<p>The addresses of <a href="#globalvars">global variables</a>
2030 and <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a> are always implicitly valid
2031 (link-time) constants. These constants are explicitly referenced when
2032 the <a href="#identifiers">identifier for the global</a> is used and always
2033 have <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. For example, the following is a
2034 legal LLVM file:</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002035
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002036<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002037<pre>
Chris Lattnera18a4242007-06-06 18:28:13 +00002038@X = global i32 17
2039@Y = global i32 42
2040@Z = global [2 x i32*] [ i32* @X, i32* @Y ]
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002041</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002042</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002043
2044</div>
2045
2046<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer2dc45b82004-12-09 18:13:12 +00002047<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002048<div class="doc_text">
2049
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002050<p>The string '<tt>undef</tt>' can be used anywhere a constant is expected, and
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002051 indicates that the user of the value may receive an unspecified bit-pattern.
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002052 Undefined values may be of any type (other than label or void) and be used
2053 anywhere a constant is permitted.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002054
Chris Lattnerc608cb12009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002055<p>Undefined values are useful because they indicate to the compiler that the
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002056 program is well defined no matter what value is used. This gives the
2057 compiler more freedom to optimize. Here are some examples of (potentially
2058 surprising) transformations that are valid (in pseudo IR):</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002059
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002060
2061<div class="doc_code">
2062<pre>
2063 %A = add %X, undef
2064 %B = sub %X, undef
2065 %C = xor %X, undef
2066Safe:
2067 %A = undef
2068 %B = undef
2069 %C = undef
2070</pre>
2071</div>
2072
2073<p>This is safe because all of the output bits are affected by the undef bits.
2074Any output bit can have a zero or one depending on the input bits.</p>
2075
2076<div class="doc_code">
2077<pre>
2078 %A = or %X, undef
2079 %B = and %X, undef
2080Safe:
2081 %A = -1
2082 %B = 0
2083Unsafe:
2084 %A = undef
2085 %B = undef
2086</pre>
2087</div>
2088
2089<p>These logical operations have bits that are not always affected by the input.
2090For example, if "%X" has a zero bit, then the output of the 'and' operation will
2091always be a zero, no matter what the corresponding bit from the undef is. As
Chris Lattnerc608cb12009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002092such, it is unsafe to optimize or assume that the result of the and is undef.
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002093However, it is safe to assume that all bits of the undef could be 0, and
2094optimize the and to 0. Likewise, it is safe to assume that all the bits of
2095the undef operand to the or could be set, allowing the or to be folded to
Chris Lattnerc608cb12009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002096-1.</p>
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002097
2098<div class="doc_code">
2099<pre>
2100 %A = select undef, %X, %Y
2101 %B = select undef, 42, %Y
2102 %C = select %X, %Y, undef
2103Safe:
2104 %A = %X (or %Y)
2105 %B = 42 (or %Y)
2106 %C = %Y
2107Unsafe:
2108 %A = undef
2109 %B = undef
2110 %C = undef
2111</pre>
2112</div>
2113
2114<p>This set of examples show that undefined select (and conditional branch)
2115conditions can go "either way" but they have to come from one of the two
2116operands. In the %A example, if %X and %Y were both known to have a clear low
2117bit, then %A would have to have a cleared low bit. However, in the %C example,
2118the optimizer is allowed to assume that the undef operand could be the same as
2119%Y, allowing the whole select to be eliminated.</p>
2120
2121
2122<div class="doc_code">
2123<pre>
2124 %A = xor undef, undef
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002125
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002126 %B = undef
2127 %C = xor %B, %B
2128
2129 %D = undef
2130 %E = icmp lt %D, 4
2131 %F = icmp gte %D, 4
2132
2133Safe:
2134 %A = undef
2135 %B = undef
2136 %C = undef
2137 %D = undef
2138 %E = undef
2139 %F = undef
2140</pre>
2141</div>
2142
2143<p>This example points out that two undef operands are not necessarily the same.
2144This can be surprising to people (and also matches C semantics) where they
2145assume that "X^X" is always zero, even if X is undef. This isn't true for a
2146number of reasons, but the short answer is that an undef "variable" can
2147arbitrarily change its value over its "live range". This is true because the
2148"variable" doesn't actually <em>have a live range</em>. Instead, the value is
2149logically read from arbitrary registers that happen to be around when needed,
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002150so the value is not necessarily consistent over time. In fact, %A and %C need
Chris Lattner349eb412009-09-08 15:13:16 +00002151to have the same semantics or the core LLVM "replace all uses with" concept
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002152would not hold.</p>
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002153
2154<div class="doc_code">
2155<pre>
2156 %A = fdiv undef, %X
2157 %B = fdiv %X, undef
2158Safe:
2159 %A = undef
2160b: unreachable
2161</pre>
2162</div>
2163
2164<p>These examples show the crucial difference between an <em>undefined
2165value</em> and <em>undefined behavior</em>. An undefined value (like undef) is
2166allowed to have an arbitrary bit-pattern. This means that the %A operation
2167can be constant folded to undef because the undef could be an SNaN, and fdiv is
2168not (currently) defined on SNaN's. However, in the second example, we can make
2169a more aggressive assumption: because the undef is allowed to be an arbitrary
2170value, we are allowed to assume that it could be zero. Since a divide by zero
Chris Lattner8e371aa2009-09-08 19:45:34 +00002171has <em>undefined behavior</em>, we are allowed to assume that the operation
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002172does not execute at all. This allows us to delete the divide and all code after
2173it: since the undefined operation "can't happen", the optimizer can assume that
2174it occurs in dead code.
2175</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002176
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002177<div class="doc_code">
2178<pre>
2179a: store undef -> %X
2180b: store %X -> undef
2181Safe:
2182a: &lt;deleted&gt;
2183b: unreachable
2184</pre>
2185</div>
2186
2187<p>These examples reiterate the fdiv example: a store "of" an undefined value
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002188can be assumed to not have any effect: we can assume that the value is
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002189overwritten with bits that happen to match what was already there. However, a
2190store "to" an undefined location could clobber arbitrary memory, therefore, it
2191has undefined behavior.</p>
2192
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002193</div>
2194
2195<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattnerf9d078e2009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002196<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="blockaddress">Addresses of Basic
2197 Blocks</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002198<div class="doc_text">
2199
Chris Lattnercdfc9402009-11-01 01:27:45 +00002200<p><b><tt>blockaddress(@function, %block)</tt></b></p>
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002201
2202<p>The '<tt>blockaddress</tt>' constant computes the address of the specified
Chris Lattner2dfdf2a2009-10-27 21:49:40 +00002203 basic block in the specified function, and always has an i8* type. Taking
Chris Lattnercdfc9402009-11-01 01:27:45 +00002204 the address of the entry block is illegal.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002205
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002206<p>This value only has defined behavior when used as an operand to the
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002207 '<a href="#i_indirectbr"><tt>indirectbr</tt></a>' instruction or for comparisons
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002208 against null. Pointer equality tests between labels addresses is undefined
2209 behavior - though, again, comparison against null is ok, and no label is
Chris Lattnerf9d078e2009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002210 equal to the null pointer. This may also be passed around as an opaque
2211 pointer sized value as long as the bits are not inspected. This allows
Chris Lattner3fd77ce2009-10-27 21:44:20 +00002212 <tt>ptrtoint</tt> and arithmetic to be performed on these values so long as
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002213 the original value is reconstituted before the <tt>indirectbr</tt>.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002214
Chris Lattnerf9d078e2009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002215<p>Finally, some targets may provide defined semantics when
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002216 using the value as the operand to an inline assembly, but that is target
2217 specific.
2218 </p>
2219
2220</div>
2221
2222
2223<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002224<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a>
2225</div>
2226
2227<div class="doc_text">
2228
2229<p>Constant expressions are used to allow expressions involving other constants
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002230 to be used as constants. Constant expressions may be of
2231 any <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type and may involve any LLVM
2232 operation that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not
2233 supported). The following is the syntax for constant expressions:</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002234
2235<dl>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002236 <dt><b><tt>trunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002237 <dd>Truncate a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be larger
2238 than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002239
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002240 <dt><b><tt>zext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002241 <dd>Zero extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2242 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be
2243 integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002244
2245 <dt><b><tt>sext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002246 <dd>Sign extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2247 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be
2248 integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002249
2250 <dt><b><tt>fptrunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002251 <dd>Truncate a floating point constant to another floating point type. The
2252 size of CST must be larger than the size of TYPE. Both types must be
2253 floating point.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002254
2255 <dt><b><tt>fpext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002256 <dd>Floating point extend a constant to another type. The size of CST must be
2257 smaller or equal to the size of TYPE. Both types must be floating
2258 point.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002259
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00002260 <dt><b><tt>fptoui ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002261 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding unsigned integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002262 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2263 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2264 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2265 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002266
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002267 <dt><b><tt>fptosi ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002268 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding signed integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002269 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2270 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2271 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2272 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002273
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002274 <dt><b><tt>uitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002275 <dd>Convert an unsigned integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002276 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2277 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2278 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2279 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002280
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002281 <dt><b><tt>sitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002282 <dd>Convert a signed integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002283 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2284 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2285 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2286 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002287
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002288 <dt><b><tt>ptrtoint ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
2289 <dd>Convert a pointer typed constant to the corresponding integer constant
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002290 <tt>TYPE</tt> must be an integer type. <tt>CST</tt> must be of pointer
2291 type. The <tt>CST</tt> value is zero extended, truncated, or unchanged to
2292 make it fit in <tt>TYPE</tt>.</dd>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002293
2294 <dt><b><tt>inttoptr ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002295 <dd>Convert a integer constant to a pointer constant. TYPE must be a pointer
2296 type. CST must be of integer type. The CST value is zero extended,
2297 truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in a pointer size. This one is
2298 <i>really</i> dangerous!</dd>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002299
2300 <dt><b><tt>bitcast ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattner03bbad62009-02-28 18:27:03 +00002301 <dd>Convert a constant, CST, to another TYPE. The constraints of the operands
2302 are the same as those for the <a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast
2303 instruction</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002304
2305 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00002306 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr inbounds ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002307 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr operation</a> on
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002308 constants. As with the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>
2309 instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are
2310 required to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002311
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002312 <dt><b><tt>select ( COND, VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002313 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_select">select operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Reid Spencer01c42592006-12-04 19:23:19 +00002314
2315 <dt><b><tt>icmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
2316 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_icmp">icmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
2317
2318 <dt><b><tt>fcmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
2319 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_fcmp">fcmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002320
2321 <dt><b><tt>extractelement ( VAL, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002322 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractelement">extractelement operation</a> on
2323 constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002324
Robert Bocchino05ccd702006-01-15 20:48:27 +00002325 <dt><b><tt>insertelement ( VAL, ELT, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002326 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertelement">insertelement operation</a> on
2327 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc1989542006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002328
2329 <dt><b><tt>shufflevector ( VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002330 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_shufflevector">shufflevector operation</a> on
2331 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc1989542006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002332
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002333 <dt><b><tt>OPCODE ( LHS, RHS )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002334 <dd>Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE may
2335 be any of the <a href="#binaryops">binary</a>
2336 or <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary</a> operations. The constraints
2337 on operands are the same as those for the corresponding instruction
2338 (e.g. no bitwise operations on floating point values are allowed).</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002339</dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002340
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002341</div>
Chris Lattner9ee5d222004-03-08 16:49:10 +00002342
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002343<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +00002344<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="metadata">Metadata Nodes and Metadata Strings</a>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002345</div>
2346
2347<div class="doc_text">
2348
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +00002349<p>Metadata provides a way to attach arbitrary data to the instruction
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002350 stream without affecting the behaviour of the program. There are two
2351 metadata primitives, strings and nodes. All metadata has the
2352 <tt>metadata</tt> type and is identified in syntax by a preceding exclamation
2353 point ('<tt>!</tt>').</p>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002354
2355<p>A metadata string is a string surrounded by double quotes. It can contain
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002356 any character by escaping non-printable characters with "\xx" where "xx" is
2357 the two digit hex code. For example: "<tt>!"test\00"</tt>".</p>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002358
2359<p>Metadata nodes are represented with notation similar to structure constants
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002360 (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces and preceded by an
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002361 exclamation point). For example: "<tt>!{ metadata !"test\00", i32
2362 10}</tt>".</p>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002363
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002364<p>A metadata node will attempt to track changes to the values it holds. In the
2365 event that a value is deleted, it will be replaced with a typeless
2366 "<tt>null</tt>", such as "<tt>metadata !{null, i32 10}</tt>".</p>
Nick Lewyckycb337992009-05-10 20:57:05 +00002367
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +00002368<p>A <a href="#namedmetadatastructure">named metadata</a> is a collection of
2369 metadata nodes. For example: "<tt>!foo = metadata !{!4, !3}</tt>".
Devang Patel3e30c2a2010-01-05 20:41:31 +00002370
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002371<p>Optimizations may rely on metadata to provide additional information about
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002372 the program that isn't available in the instructions, or that isn't easily
2373 computable. Similarly, the code generator may expect a certain metadata
2374 format to be used to express debugging information.</p>
2375
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002376</div>
2377
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002378<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002379<div class="doc_section"> <a name="othervalues">Other Values</a> </div>
2380<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2381
2382<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2383<div class="doc_subsection">
2384<a name="inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a>
2385</div>
2386
2387<div class="doc_text">
2388
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002389<p>LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed
2390 to <a href="#moduleasm"> Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>) through the use of
2391 a special value. This value represents the inline assembler as a string
2392 (containing the instructions to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002393 as a string), a flag that indicates whether or not the inline asm
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002394 expression has side effects, and a flag indicating whether the function
2395 containing the asm needs to align its stack conservatively. An example
2396 inline assembler expression is:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002397
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002398<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002399<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002400i32 (i32) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r"
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002401</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002402</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002403
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002404<p>Inline assembler expressions may <b>only</b> be used as the callee operand of
2405 a <a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt> instruction</a>. Thus, typically we
2406 have:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002407
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002408<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002409<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002410%X = call i32 asm "<a href="#int_bswap">bswap</a> $0", "=r,r"(i32 %Y)
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002411</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002412</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002413
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002414<p>Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be
2415 marked as having side effects. This is done through the use of the
2416 '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword, like so:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002417
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002418<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002419<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002420call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""()
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002421</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002422</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002423
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002424<p>In some cases inline asms will contain code that will not work unless the
2425 stack is aligned in some way, such as calls or SSE instructions on x86,
2426 yet will not contain code that does that alignment within the asm.
2427 The compiler should make conservative assumptions about what the asm might
2428 contain and should generate its usual stack alignment code in the prologue
2429 if the '<tt>alignstack</tt>' keyword is present:</p>
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002430
2431<div class="doc_code">
2432<pre>
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002433call void asm alignstack "eieio", ""()
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002434</pre>
2435</div>
2436
2437<p>If both keywords appear the '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword must come
2438 first.</p>
2439
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002440<p>TODO: The format of the asm and constraints string still need to be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002441 documented here. Constraints on what can be done (e.g. duplication, moving,
2442 etc need to be documented). This is probably best done by reference to
2443 another document that covers inline asm from a holistic perspective.</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002444
2445</div>
2446
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002447
2448<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2449<div class="doc_section">
2450 <a name="intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
2451</div>
2452<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2453
2454<p>LLVM has a number of "magic" global variables that contain data that affect
2455code generation or other IR semantics. These are documented here. All globals
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002456of this sort should have a section specified as "<tt>llvm.metadata</tt>". This
2457section and all globals that start with "<tt>llvm.</tt>" are reserved for use
2458by LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002459
2460<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2461<div class="doc_subsection">
2462<a name="intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2463</div>
2464
2465<div class="doc_text">
2466
2467<p>The <tt>@llvm.used</tt> global is an array with i8* element type which has <a
2468href="#linkage_appending">appending linkage</a>. This array contains a list of
2469pointers to global variables and functions which may optionally have a pointer
2470cast formed of bitcast or getelementptr. For example, a legal use of it is:</p>
2471
2472<pre>
2473 @X = global i8 4
2474 @Y = global i32 123
2475
2476 @llvm.used = appending global [2 x i8*] [
2477 i8* @X,
2478 i8* bitcast (i32* @Y to i8*)
2479 ], section "llvm.metadata"
2480</pre>
2481
2482<p>If a global variable appears in the <tt>@llvm.used</tt> list, then the
2483compiler, assembler, and linker are required to treat the symbol as if there is
2484a reference to the global that it cannot see. For example, if a variable has
2485internal linkage and no references other than that from the <tt>@llvm.used</tt>
2486list, it cannot be deleted. This is commonly used to represent references from
2487inline asms and other things the compiler cannot "see", and corresponds to
2488"attribute((used))" in GNU C.</p>
2489
2490<p>On some targets, the code generator must emit a directive to the assembler or
2491object file to prevent the assembler and linker from molesting the symbol.</p>
2492
2493</div>
2494
2495<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2496<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002497<a name="intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2498</div>
2499
2500<div class="doc_text">
2501
2502<p>The <tt>@llvm.compiler.used</tt> directive is the same as the
2503<tt>@llvm.used</tt> directive, except that it only prevents the compiler from
2504touching the symbol. On targets that support it, this allows an intelligent
2505linker to optimize references to the symbol without being impeded as it would be
2506by <tt>@llvm.used</tt>.</p>
2507
2508<p>This is a rare construct that should only be used in rare circumstances, and
2509should not be exposed to source languages.</p>
2510
2511</div>
2512
2513<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2514<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002515<a name="intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2516</div>
2517
2518<div class="doc_text">
2519
2520<p>TODO: Describe this.</p>
2521
2522</div>
2523
2524<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2525<div class="doc_subsection">
2526<a name="intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2527</div>
2528
2529<div class="doc_text">
2530
2531<p>TODO: Describe this.</p>
2532
2533</div>
2534
2535
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002536<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002537<div class="doc_section"> <a name="instref">Instruction Reference</a> </div>
2538<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002539
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002540<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002541
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002542<p>The LLVM instruction set consists of several different classifications of
2543 instructions: <a href="#terminators">terminator
2544 instructions</a>, <a href="#binaryops">binary instructions</a>,
2545 <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary instructions</a>,
2546 <a href="#memoryops">memory instructions</a>, and
2547 <a href="#otherops">other instructions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002548
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002549</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002550
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002551<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002552<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="terminators">Terminator
2553Instructions</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002554
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002555<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002556
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002557<p>As mentioned <a href="#functionstructure">previously</a>, every basic block
2558 in a program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which indicates which
2559 block should be executed after the current block is finished. These
2560 terminator instructions typically yield a '<tt>void</tt>' value: they produce
2561 control flow, not values (the one exception being the
2562 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction).</p>
2563
2564<p>There are six different terminator instructions: the
2565 '<a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>' instruction, the
2566 '<a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a>' instruction, the
2567 '<a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a>' instruction, the
Bill Wendling21c346e2009-11-02 00:25:26 +00002568 '<a href="#i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt></a>' Instruction, the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002569 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction, the
2570 '<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>' instruction, and the
2571 '<a href="#i_unreachable"><tt>unreachable</tt></a>' instruction.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002572
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002573</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002574
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002575<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002576<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>'
2577Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002578
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002579<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002580
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002581<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002582<pre>
2583 ret &lt;type&gt; &lt;value&gt; <i>; Return a value from a non-void function</i>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002584 ret void <i>; Return from void function</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002585</pre>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002586
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002587<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002588<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is used to return control flow (and optionally
2589 a value) from a function back to the caller.</p>
2590
2591<p>There are two forms of the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction: one that returns a
2592 value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes control flow to
2593 occur.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002594
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002595<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002596<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction optionally accepts a single argument, the
2597 return value. The type of the return value must be a
2598 '<a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>' type.</p>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002599
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002600<p>A function is not <a href="#wellformed">well formed</a> if it it has a
2601 non-void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with no return
2602 value or a return value with a type that does not match its type, or if it
2603 has a void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with a
2604 return value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002605
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002606<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002607<p>When the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is executed, control flow returns back to
2608 the calling function's context. If the caller is a
2609 "<a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at the
2610 instruction after the call. If the caller was an
2611 "<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at
2612 the beginning of the "normal" destination block. If the instruction returns
2613 a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's return
2614 value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002615
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002616<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002617<pre>
2618 ret i32 5 <i>; Return an integer value of 5</i>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002619 ret void <i>; Return from a void function</i>
Bill Wendling0a4bbbf2009-02-28 22:12:54 +00002620 ret { i32, i8 } { i32 4, i8 2 } <i>; Return a struct of values 4 and 2</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002621</pre>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00002622
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002623</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002624<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002625<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002626
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002627<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002628
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002629<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002630<pre>
2631 br i1 &lt;cond&gt;, label &lt;iftrue&gt;, label &lt;iffalse&gt;<br> br label &lt;dest&gt; <i>; Unconditional branch</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002632</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002633
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002634<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002635<p>The '<tt>br</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to a
2636 different basic block in the current function. There are two forms of this
2637 instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch and an unconditional
2638 branch.</p>
2639
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002640<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002641<p>The conditional branch form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single
2642 '<tt>i1</tt>' value and two '<tt>label</tt>' values. The unconditional form
2643 of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single '<tt>label</tt>' value as a
2644 target.</p>
2645
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002646<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002647<p>Upon execution of a conditional '<tt>br</tt>' instruction, the '<tt>i1</tt>'
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002648 argument is evaluated. If the value is <tt>true</tt>, control flows to the
2649 '<tt>iftrue</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument. If "cond" is <tt>false</tt>,
2650 control flows to the '<tt>iffalse</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.</p>
2651
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002652<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00002653<pre>
2654Test:
2655 %cond = <a href="#i_icmp">icmp</a> eq i32 %a, %b
2656 br i1 %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal
2657IfEqual:
2658 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 1
2659IfUnequal:
2660 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0
2661</pre>
2662
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002663</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002664
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002665<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002666<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2667 <a name="i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a>
2668</div>
2669
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002670<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002671
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002672<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002673<pre>
2674 switch &lt;intty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, label &lt;defaultdest&gt; [ &lt;intty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, label &lt;dest&gt; ... ]
2675</pre>
2676
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002677<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002678<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is used to transfer control flow to one of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002679 several different places. It is a generalization of the '<tt>br</tt>'
2680 instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible
2681 destinations.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002682
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002683<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002684<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction uses three parameters: an integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002685 comparison value '<tt>value</tt>', a default '<tt>label</tt>' destination,
2686 and an array of pairs of comparison value constants and '<tt>label</tt>'s.
2687 The table is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002688
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002689<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002690<p>The <tt>switch</tt> instruction specifies a table of values and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002691 destinations. When the '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is executed, this table
2692 is searched for the given value. If the value is found, control flow is
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002693 transferred to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is
2694 transferred to the default destination.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002695
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002696<h5>Implementation:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002697<p>Depending on properties of the target machine and the particular
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002698 <tt>switch</tt> instruction, this instruction may be code generated in
2699 different ways. For example, it could be generated as a series of chained
2700 conditional branches or with a lookup table.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002701
2702<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002703<pre>
2704 <i>; Emulate a conditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002705 %Val = <a href="#i_zext">zext</a> i1 %value to i32
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002706 switch i32 %Val, label %truedest [ i32 0, label %falsedest ]
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002707
2708 <i>; Emulate an unconditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002709 switch i32 0, label %dest [ ]
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002710
2711 <i>; Implement a jump table:</i>
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002712 switch i32 %val, label %otherwise [ i32 0, label %onzero
2713 i32 1, label %onone
2714 i32 2, label %ontwo ]
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002715</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002716
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002717</div>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002718
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002719
2720<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2721<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002722 <a name="i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002723</div>
2724
2725<div class="doc_text">
2726
2727<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2728<pre>
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002729 indirectbr &lt;somety&gt;* &lt;address&gt;, [ label &lt;dest1&gt;, label &lt;dest2&gt;, ... ]
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002730</pre>
2731
2732<h5>Overview:</h5>
2733
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002734<p>The '<tt>indirectbr</tt>' instruction implements an indirect branch to a label
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002735 within the current function, whose address is specified by
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002736 "<tt>address</tt>". Address must be derived from a <a
2737 href="#blockaddress">blockaddress</a> constant.</p>
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002738
2739<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2740
2741<p>The '<tt>address</tt>' argument is the address of the label to jump to. The
2742 rest of the arguments indicate the full set of possible destinations that the
2743 address may point to. Blocks are allowed to occur multiple times in the
2744 destination list, though this isn't particularly useful.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002745
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002746<p>This destination list is required so that dataflow analysis has an accurate
2747 understanding of the CFG.</p>
2748
2749<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2750
2751<p>Control transfers to the block specified in the address argument. All
2752 possible destination blocks must be listed in the label list, otherwise this
2753 instruction has undefined behavior. This implies that jumps to labels
2754 defined in other functions have undefined behavior as well.</p>
2755
2756<h5>Implementation:</h5>
2757
2758<p>This is typically implemented with a jump through a register.</p>
2759
2760<h5>Example:</h5>
2761<pre>
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002762 indirectbr i8* %Addr, [ label %bb1, label %bb2, label %bb3 ]
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002763</pre>
2764
2765</div>
2766
2767
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002768<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002769<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2770 <a name="i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a>
2771</div>
2772
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002773<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002774
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002775<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002776<pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00002777 &lt;result&gt; = invoke [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ptr to function ty&gt; &lt;function ptr val&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner76b8a332006-05-14 18:23:06 +00002778 to label &lt;normal label&gt; unwind label &lt;exception label&gt;
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002779</pre>
2780
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00002781<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002782<p>The '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction causes control to transfer to a specified
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002783 function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the
2784 '<tt>normal</tt>' label or the '<tt>exception</tt>' label. If the callee
2785 function returns with the "<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>" instruction,
2786 control flow will return to the "normal" label. If the callee (or any
2787 indirect callees) returns with the "<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>"
2788 instruction, control is interrupted and continued at the dynamically nearest
2789 "exception" label.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002790
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002791<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002792<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002793
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002794<ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002795 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
2796 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
2797 defaults to using C calling conventions.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00002798
2799 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002800 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
2801 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00002802
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002803 <li>'<tt>ptr to function ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002804 function value being invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function
2805 invocation, but indirect <tt>invoke</tt>s are just as possible, branching
2806 off an arbitrary pointer to function value.</li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002807
2808 <li>'<tt>function ptr val</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002809 function to be invoked. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002810
2811 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002812 signature argument types. If the function signature indicates the
2813 function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra arguments can
2814 be specified.</li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002815
2816 <li>'<tt>normal label</tt>': the label reached when the called function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002817 executes a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002818
2819 <li>'<tt>exception label</tt>': the label reached when a callee returns with
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002820 the <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a> instruction. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002821
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00002822 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002823 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
2824 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002825</ol>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002826
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002827<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002828<p>This instruction is designed to operate as a standard
2829 '<tt><a href="#i_call">call</a></tt>' instruction in most regards. The
2830 primary difference is that it establishes an association with a label, which
2831 is used by the runtime library to unwind the stack.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002832
2833<p>This instruction is used in languages with destructors to ensure that proper
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002834 cleanup is performed in the case of either a <tt>longjmp</tt> or a thrown
2835 exception. Additionally, this is important for implementation of
2836 '<tt>catch</tt>' clauses in high-level languages that support them.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002837
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002838<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the definition of the value returned by the
2839 '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction is deemed to occur on the edge from the current
2840 block to the "normal" label. If the callee unwinds then no return value is
2841 available.</p>
Dan Gohmanf96a4992009-05-22 21:47:08 +00002842
Chris Lattnerdf7a6802010-01-15 18:08:37 +00002843<p>Note that the code generator does not yet completely support unwind, and
2844that the invoke/unwind semantics are likely to change in future versions.</p>
2845
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002846<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002847<pre>
Nick Lewyckyd703f652008-03-16 07:18:12 +00002848 %retval = invoke i32 @Test(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002849 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Nick Lewyckyd703f652008-03-16 07:18:12 +00002850 %retval = invoke <a href="#callingconv">coldcc</a> i32 %Testfnptr(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002851 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002852</pre>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002853
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002854</div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002855
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002856<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002857
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002858<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>'
2859Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002860
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002861<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002862
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002863<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002864<pre>
2865 unwind
2866</pre>
2867
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002868<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002869<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction unwinds the stack, continuing control flow
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002870 at the first callee in the dynamic call stack which used
2871 an <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction to perform the call.
2872 This is primarily used to implement exception handling.</p>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002873
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002874<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner72ed2002008-04-19 21:01:16 +00002875<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction causes execution of the current function to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002876 immediately halt. The dynamic call stack is then searched for the
2877 first <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction on the call stack.
2878 Once found, execution continues at the "exceptional" destination block
2879 specified by the <tt>invoke</tt> instruction. If there is no <tt>invoke</tt>
2880 instruction in the dynamic call chain, undefined behavior results.</p>
2881
Chris Lattnerdf7a6802010-01-15 18:08:37 +00002882<p>Note that the code generator does not yet completely support unwind, and
2883that the invoke/unwind semantics are likely to change in future versions.</p>
2884
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002885</div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002886
2887<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2888
2889<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>'
2890Instruction</a> </div>
2891
2892<div class="doc_text">
2893
2894<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2895<pre>
2896 unreachable
2897</pre>
2898
2899<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002900<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002901 instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of the
2902 code is not reachable. This can be used to indicate that the code after a
2903 no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.</p>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002904
2905<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002906<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002907
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002908</div>
2909
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002910<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002911<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="binaryops">Binary Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002912
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002913<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002914
2915<p>Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a program. They
2916 require two operands of the same type, execute an operation on them, and
2917 produce a single value. The operands might represent multiple data, as is
2918 the case with the <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> data type. The result value
2919 has the same type as its operands.</p>
2920
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002921<p>There are several different binary operators:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002922
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002923</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002924
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002925<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002926<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2927 <a name="i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a>
2928</div>
2929
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002930<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002931
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002932<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002933<pre>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00002934 &lt;result&gt; = add &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00002935 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2936 &lt;result&gt; = add nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2937 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002938</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002939
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002940<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002941<p>The '<tt>add</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002942
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002943<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002944<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>add</tt>' instruction must
2945 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2946 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002947
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002948<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002949<p>The value produced is the integer sum of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002950
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002951<p>If the sum has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the mathematical
2952 result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the result.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002953
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002954<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
2955 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002956
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00002957<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
2958 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
2959 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>add</tt>
2960 is undefined if unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00002961
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002962<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002963<pre>
2964 &lt;result&gt; = add i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 + %var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002965</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002966
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002967</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002968
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002969<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002970<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002971 <a name="i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a>
2972</div>
2973
2974<div class="doc_text">
2975
2976<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002977<pre>
2978 &lt;result&gt; = fadd &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2979</pre>
2980
2981<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002982<p>The '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
2983
2984<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002985<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002986 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2987 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002988
2989<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002990<p>The value produced is the floating point sum of the two operands.</p>
2991
2992<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002993<pre>
2994 &lt;result&gt; = fadd float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 + %var</i>
2995</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002996
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002997</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002998
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002999<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3000<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003001 <a name="i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a>
3002</div>
3003
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003004<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003005
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003006<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003007<pre>
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003008 &lt;result&gt; = sub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003009 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3010 &lt;result&gt; = sub nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3011 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003012</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003013
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003014<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003015<p>The '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003016 operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003017
3018<p>Note that the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003019 '<tt>neg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
3020 representations.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003021
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003022<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003023<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction must
3024 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3025 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003026
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003027<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003028<p>The value produced is the integer difference of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003029
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003030<p>If the difference has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003031 mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the
3032 result.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003033
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003034<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
3035 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003036
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003037<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3038 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3039 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>sub</tt>
3040 is undefined if unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003041
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003042<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +00003043<pre>
3044 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 - %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003045 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 0, %val <i>; yields {i32}:result = -%var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003046</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003047
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003048</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003049
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003050<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003051<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003052 <a name="i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a>
3053</div>
3054
3055<div class="doc_text">
3056
3057<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003058<pre>
3059 &lt;result&gt; = fsub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3060</pre>
3061
3062<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003063<p>The '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003064 operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003065
3066<p>Note that the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003067 '<tt>fneg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
3068 representations.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003069
3070<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9fe2982009-07-20 02:32:41 +00003071<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003072 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3073 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003074
3075<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003076<p>The value produced is the floating point difference of the two operands.</p>
3077
3078<h5>Example:</h5>
3079<pre>
3080 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 - %var</i>
3081 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float -0.0, %val <i>; yields {float}:result = -%var</i>
3082</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003083
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003084</div>
3085
3086<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3087<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003088 <a name="i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a>
3089</div>
3090
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003091<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003092
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003093<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003094<pre>
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003095 &lt;result&gt; = mul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003096 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3097 &lt;result&gt; = mul nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3098 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003099</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003100
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003101<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003102<p>The '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003103
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003104<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003105<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction must
3106 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3107 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003108
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003109<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003110<p>The value produced is the integer product of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003111
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003112<p>If the result of the multiplication has unsigned overflow, the result
3113 returned is the mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit
3114 width of the result.</p>
3115
3116<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, and the result
3117 is the same width as the operands, this instruction returns the correct
3118 result for both signed and unsigned integers. If a full product
3119 (e.g. <tt>i32</tt>x<tt>i32</tt>-><tt>i64</tt>) is needed, the operands should
3120 be sign-extended or zero-extended as appropriate to the width of the full
3121 product.</p>
3122
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003123<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3124 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3125 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>mul</tt>
3126 is undefined if unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003127
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003128<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003129<pre>
3130 &lt;result&gt; = mul i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 * %var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003131</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003132
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003133</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003134
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003135<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003136<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3137 <a name="i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a>
3138</div>
3139
3140<div class="doc_text">
3141
3142<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003143<pre>
3144 &lt;result&gt; = fmul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003145</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003146
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003147<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003148<p>The '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003149
3150<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003151<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003152 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3153 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003154
3155<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003156<p>The value produced is the floating point product of the two operands.</p>
3157
3158<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003159<pre>
3160 &lt;result&gt; = fmul float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 * %var</i>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003161</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003162
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003163</div>
3164
3165<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003166<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction
3167</a></div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003168
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003169<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003170
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003171<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003172<pre>
3173 &lt;result&gt; = udiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003174</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003175
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003176<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003177<p>The '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003178
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003179<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003180<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003181 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3182 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003183
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003184<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003185<p>The value produced is the unsigned integer quotient of the two operands.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003186
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003187<p>Note that unsigned integer division and signed integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003188 operations; for signed integer division, use '<tt>sdiv</tt>'.</p>
3189
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003190<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003191
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003192<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003193<pre>
3194 &lt;result&gt; = udiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003195</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003196
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003197</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003198
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003199<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3200<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction
3201</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003202
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003203<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003204
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003205<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003206<pre>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003207 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003208 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv exact &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003209</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003210
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003211<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003212<p>The '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003213
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003214<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003215<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003216 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3217 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003218
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003219<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003220<p>The value produced is the signed integer quotient of the two operands rounded
3221 towards zero.</p>
3222
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003223<p>Note that signed integer division and unsigned integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003224 operations; for unsigned integer division, use '<tt>udiv</tt>'.</p>
3225
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003226<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior. Overflow also leads to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003227 undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can occur, for example, by doing
3228 a 32-bit division of -2147483648 by -1.</p>
3229
Dan Gohman9c5beed2009-07-22 00:04:19 +00003230<p>If the <tt>exact</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
3231 <tt>sdiv</tt> is undefined if the result would be rounded or if overflow
3232 would occur.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003233
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003234<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003235<pre>
3236 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003237</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003238
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003239</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003240
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003241<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3242<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>'
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003243Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003244
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003245<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003246
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003247<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003248<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003249 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003250</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003251
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003252<h5>Overview:</h5>
3253<p>The '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003254
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003255<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003256<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003257 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3258 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003259
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003260<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003261<p>The value produced is the floating point quotient of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003262
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003263<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003264<pre>
3265 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 / %var</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003266</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003267
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003268</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003269
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003270<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003271<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3272</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003273
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003274<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003275
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003276<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003277<pre>
3278 &lt;result&gt; = urem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003279</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003280
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003281<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003282<p>The '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the unsigned
3283 division of its two arguments.</p>
3284
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003285<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003286<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003287 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3288 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3289
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003290<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3291<p>This instruction returns the unsigned integer <i>remainder</i> of a division.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003292 This instruction always performs an unsigned division to get the
3293 remainder.</p>
3294
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003295<p>Note that unsigned integer remainder and signed integer remainder are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003296 distinct operations; for signed integer remainder, use '<tt>srem</tt>'.</p>
3297
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003298<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003299
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003300<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003301<pre>
3302 &lt;result&gt; = urem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003303</pre>
3304
3305</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003306
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003307<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003308<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3309 <a name="i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3310</div>
3311
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003312<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003313
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003314<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003315<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003316 &lt;result&gt; = srem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003317</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003318
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003319<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003320<p>The '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the signed
3321 division of its two operands. This instruction can also take
3322 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions of the values in which case the
3323 elements must be integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerc7d3ab32008-01-04 04:33:49 +00003324
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003325<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003326<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003327 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3328 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003329
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003330<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003331<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division (where the result
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003332 has the same sign as the dividend, <tt>op1</tt>), not the <i>modulo</i>
3333 operator (where the result has the same sign as the divisor, <tt>op2</tt>) of
3334 a value. For more information about the difference,
3335 see <a href="http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html">The
3336 Math Forum</a>. For a table of how this is implemented in various languages,
3337 please see <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation">
3338 Wikipedia: modulo operation</a>.</p>
3339
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003340<p>Note that signed integer remainder and unsigned integer remainder are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003341 distinct operations; for unsigned integer remainder, use '<tt>urem</tt>'.</p>
3342
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003343<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003344 Overflow also leads to undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can
3345 occur, for example, by taking the remainder of a 32-bit division of
3346 -2147483648 by -1. (The remainder doesn't actually overflow, but this rule
3347 lets srem be implemented using instructions that return both the result of
3348 the division and the remainder.)</p>
3349
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003350<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003351<pre>
3352 &lt;result&gt; = srem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003353</pre>
3354
3355</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003356
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003357<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003358<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3359 <a name="i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
3360
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003361<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003362
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003363<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003364<pre>
3365 &lt;result&gt; = frem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003366</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003367
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003368<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003369<p>The '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the division of
3370 its two operands.</p>
3371
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003372<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3373<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003374 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3375 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003376
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003377<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003378<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division. The remainder
3379 has the same sign as the dividend.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003380
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003381<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003382<pre>
3383 &lt;result&gt; = frem float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 % %var</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003384</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003385
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003386</div>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +00003387
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003388<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3389<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary
3390Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003391
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003392<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003393
3394<p>Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of bit-twiddling in a
3395 program. They are generally very efficient instructions and can commonly be
3396 strength reduced from other instructions. They require two operands of the
3397 same type, execute an operation on them, and produce a single value. The
3398 resulting value is the same type as its operands.</p>
3399
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003400</div>
3401
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003402<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3403<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>'
3404Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003405
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003406<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003407
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003408<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003409<pre>
3410 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003411</pre>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003412
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003413<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003414<p>The '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to the left
3415 a specified number of bits.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003416
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003417<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003418<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction must be the
3419 same <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3420 integer type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003421
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003422<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003423<p>The value produced is <tt>op1</tt> * 2<sup><tt>op2</tt></sup> mod
3424 2<sup>n</sup>, where <tt>n</tt> is the width of the result. If <tt>op2</tt>
3425 is (statically or dynamically) negative or equal to or larger than the number
3426 of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3427 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3428 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003429
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003430<h5>Example:</h5>
3431<pre>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003432 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}: 4 &lt;&lt; %var</i>
3433 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}: 16</i>
3434 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 10 <i>; yields {i32}: 1024</i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003435 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003436 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 1, i32 1&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 2, i32 4&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003437</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003438
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003439</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003440
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003441<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3442<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>'
3443Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003444
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003445<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003446
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003447<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003448<pre>
3449 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003450</pre>
3451
3452<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003453<p>The '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction (logical shift right) returns the first
3454 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with zero fill.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003455
3456<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003457<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003458 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3459 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003460
3461<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3462<p>This instruction always performs a logical shift right operation. The most
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003463 significant bits of the result will be filled with zero bits after the shift.
3464 If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or larger than the
3465 number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3466 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3467 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003468
3469<h5>Example:</h5>
3470<pre>
3471 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3472 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3473 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3474 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0x7FFFFFFF </i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003475 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003476 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 0x7FFFFFFF, i32 1&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003477</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003478
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003479</div>
3480
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003481<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003482<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>'
3483Instruction</a> </div>
3484<div class="doc_text">
3485
3486<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003487<pre>
3488 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003489</pre>
3490
3491<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003492<p>The '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction (arithmetic shift right) returns the first
3493 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with sign
3494 extension.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003495
3496<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003497<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003498 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3499 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003500
3501<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003502<p>This instruction always performs an arithmetic shift right operation, The
3503 most significant bits of the result will be filled with the sign bit
3504 of <tt>op1</tt>. If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or
3505 larger than the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If
3506 the arguments are vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by
3507 the corresponding shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003508
3509<h5>Example:</h5>
3510<pre>
3511 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3512 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3513 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3514 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = -1</i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003515 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003516 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -1, i32 0&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003517</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003518
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003519</div>
3520
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003521<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003522<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_and">'<tt>and</tt>'
3523Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003524
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003525<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003526
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003527<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003528<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003529 &lt;result&gt; = and &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003530</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003531
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003532<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003533<p>The '<tt>and</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of its two
3534 operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003535
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003536<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003537<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003538 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3539 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003540
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003541<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003542<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003543
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003544<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003545 <tbody>
3546 <tr>
3547 <td>In0</td>
3548 <td>In1</td>
3549 <td>Out</td>
3550 </tr>
3551 <tr>
3552 <td>0</td>
3553 <td>0</td>
3554 <td>0</td>
3555 </tr>
3556 <tr>
3557 <td>0</td>
3558 <td>1</td>
3559 <td>0</td>
3560 </tr>
3561 <tr>
3562 <td>1</td>
3563 <td>0</td>
3564 <td>0</td>
3565 </tr>
3566 <tr>
3567 <td>1</td>
3568 <td>1</td>
3569 <td>1</td>
3570 </tr>
3571 </tbody>
3572</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003573
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003574<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003575<pre>
3576 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 &amp; %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003577 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 8</i>
3578 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 0</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003579</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003580</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003581<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003582<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003583
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003584<div class="doc_text">
3585
3586<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3587<pre>
3588 &lt;result&gt; = or &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3589</pre>
3590
3591<h5>Overview:</h5>
3592<p>The '<tt>or</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive or of its
3593 two operands.</p>
3594
3595<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003596<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003597 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3598 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3599
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003600<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003601<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003602
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003603<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3604 <tbody>
3605 <tr>
3606 <td>In0</td>
3607 <td>In1</td>
3608 <td>Out</td>
3609 </tr>
3610 <tr>
3611 <td>0</td>
3612 <td>0</td>
3613 <td>0</td>
3614 </tr>
3615 <tr>
3616 <td>0</td>
3617 <td>1</td>
3618 <td>1</td>
3619 </tr>
3620 <tr>
3621 <td>1</td>
3622 <td>0</td>
3623 <td>1</td>
3624 </tr>
3625 <tr>
3626 <td>1</td>
3627 <td>1</td>
3628 <td>1</td>
3629 </tr>
3630 </tbody>
3631</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003632
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003633<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003634<pre>
3635 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 | %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003636 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 47</i>
3637 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003638</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003639
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003640</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003641
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003642<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003643<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>'
3644Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003645
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003646<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003647
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003648<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003649<pre>
3650 &lt;result&gt; = xor &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003651</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003652
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003653<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003654<p>The '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive or of
3655 its two operands. The <tt>xor</tt> is used to implement the "one's
3656 complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.</p>
3657
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003658<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003659<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003660 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3661 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003662
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003663<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003664<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003665
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003666<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3667 <tbody>
3668 <tr>
3669 <td>In0</td>
3670 <td>In1</td>
3671 <td>Out</td>
3672 </tr>
3673 <tr>
3674 <td>0</td>
3675 <td>0</td>
3676 <td>0</td>
3677 </tr>
3678 <tr>
3679 <td>0</td>
3680 <td>1</td>
3681 <td>1</td>
3682 </tr>
3683 <tr>
3684 <td>1</td>
3685 <td>0</td>
3686 <td>1</td>
3687 </tr>
3688 <tr>
3689 <td>1</td>
3690 <td>1</td>
3691 <td>0</td>
3692 </tr>
3693 </tbody>
3694</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003695
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003696<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003697<pre>
3698 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 ^ %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003699 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 39</i>
3700 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
3701 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 %V, -1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = ~%V</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003702</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003703
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003704</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003705
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003706<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003707<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003708 <a name="vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
3709</div>
3710
3711<div class="doc_text">
3712
3713<p>LLVM supports several instructions to represent vector operations in a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003714 target-independent manner. These instructions cover the element-access and
3715 vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively. While LLVM
3716 does directly support these vector operations, many sophisticated algorithms
3717 will want to use target-specific intrinsics to take full advantage of a
3718 specific target.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003719
3720</div>
3721
3722<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3723<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3724 <a name="i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
3725</div>
3726
3727<div class="doc_text">
3728
3729<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003730<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003731 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;ty&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003732</pre>
3733
3734<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003735<p>The '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction extracts a single scalar element
3736 from a vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003737
3738
3739<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003740<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction is a value
3741 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is an index
3742 indicating the position from which to extract the element. The index may be
3743 a variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003744
3745<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003746<p>The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of
3747 <tt>val</tt>. Its value is the value at position <tt>idx</tt> of
3748 <tt>val</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
3749 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003750
3751<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003752<pre>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003753 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003754</pre>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003755
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003756</div>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003757
3758<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3759<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3760 <a name="i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
3761</div>
3762
3763<div class="doc_text">
3764
3765<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003766<pre>
Dan Gohmanf3480b92008-05-12 23:38:42 +00003767 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;elt&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003768</pre>
3769
3770<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003771<p>The '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction inserts a scalar element into a
3772 vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003773
3774<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003775<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction is a value
3776 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is a scalar value
3777 whose type must equal the element type of the first operand. The third
3778 operand is an index indicating the position at which to insert the value.
3779 The index may be a variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003780
3781<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003782<p>The result is a vector of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its element values
3783 are those of <tt>val</tt> except at position <tt>idx</tt>, where it gets the
3784 value <tt>elt</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
3785 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003786
3787<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003788<pre>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003789 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 1, i32 0 <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003790</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003791
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003792</div>
3793
3794<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3795<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3796 <a name="i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a>
3797</div>
3798
3799<div class="doc_text">
3800
3801<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003802<pre>
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00003803 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v1&gt;, &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v2&gt;, &lt;m x i32&gt; &lt;mask&gt; <i>; yields &lt;m x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003804</pre>
3805
3806<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003807<p>The '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction constructs a permutation of elements
3808 from two input vectors, returning a vector with the same element type as the
3809 input and length that is the same as the shuffle mask.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003810
3811<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003812<p>The first two operands of a '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction are vectors
3813 with types that match each other. The third argument is a shuffle mask whose
3814 element type is always 'i32'. The result of the instruction is a vector
3815 whose length is the same as the shuffle mask and whose element type is the
3816 same as the element type of the first two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003817
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003818<p>The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either
3819 constant integer or undef values.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003820
3821<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003822<p>The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right across
3823 both of the vectors. The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each element of
3824 the result vector, which element of the two input vectors the result element
3825 gets. The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't care") and the
3826 second operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from only one vector.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003827
3828<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003829<pre>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003830 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003831 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 4, i32 1, i32 5&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003832 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; undef,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003833 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i> - Identity shuffle.
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003834 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;8 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;8 x i32&gt; undef,
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00003835 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003836 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00003837 &lt;8 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3, i32 4, i32 5, i32 6, i32 7 &gt; <i>; yields &lt;8 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003838</pre>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003839
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003840</div>
Tanya Lattner09474292006-04-14 19:24:33 +00003841
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003842<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003843<div class="doc_subsection">
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003844 <a name="aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
3845</div>
3846
3847<div class="doc_text">
3848
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003849<p>LLVM supports several instructions for working with aggregate values.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003850
3851</div>
3852
3853<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3854<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3855 <a name="i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
3856</div>
3857
3858<div class="doc_text">
3859
3860<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003861<pre>
3862 &lt;result&gt; = extractvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;idx&gt;{, &lt;idx&gt;}*
3863</pre>
3864
3865<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003866<p>The '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction extracts the value of a struct field
3867 or array element from an aggregate value.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003868
3869<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003870<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
3871 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The
3872 operands are constant indices to specify which value to extract in a similar
3873 manner as indices in a
3874 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003875
3876<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003877<p>The result is the value at the position in the aggregate specified by the
3878 index operands.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003879
3880<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003881<pre>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003882 &lt;result&gt; = extractvalue {i32, float} %agg, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003883</pre>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003884
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003885</div>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003886
3887<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3888<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3889 <a name="i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
3890</div>
3891
3892<div class="doc_text">
3893
3894<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003895<pre>
Jeffrey Yasskin7a088cf2010-01-11 19:19:26 +00003896 &lt;result&gt; = insertvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;elt&gt;, &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;aggregate type&gt;</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003897</pre>
3898
3899<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003900<p>The '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction inserts a value into a struct field or
3901 array element in an aggregate.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003902
3903
3904<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003905<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
3906 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The
3907 second operand is a first-class value to insert. The following operands are
3908 constant indices indicating the position at which to insert the value in a
3909 similar manner as indices in a
3910 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction. The
3911 value to insert must have the same type as the value identified by the
3912 indices.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003913
3914<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003915<p>The result is an aggregate of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its value is
3916 that of <tt>val</tt> except that the value at the position specified by the
3917 indices is that of <tt>elt</tt>.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003918
3919<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003920<pre>
Jeffrey Yasskin7a088cf2010-01-11 19:19:26 +00003921 %agg1 = insertvalue {i32, float} undef, i32 1, 0 <i>; yields {i32 1, float undef}</i>
3922 %agg2 = insertvalue {i32, float} %agg1, float %val, 1 <i>; yields {i32 1, float %val}</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003923</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003924
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003925</div>
3926
3927
3928<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003929<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +00003930 <a name="memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003931</div>
3932
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003933<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003934
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003935<p>A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it represents
3936 memory. In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which makes things
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00003937 very simple. This section describes how to read, write, and allocate
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003938 memory in LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003939
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003940</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003941
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003942<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003943<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003944 <a name="i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a>
3945</div>
3946
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003947<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003948
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003949<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003950<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003951 &lt;result&gt; = alloca &lt;type&gt;[, i32 &lt;NumElements&gt;][, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003952</pre>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003953
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003954<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003955<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates memory on the stack frame of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003956 currently executing function, to be automatically released when this function
3957 returns to its caller. The object is always allocated in the generic address
3958 space (address space zero).</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003959
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003960<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003961<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction
3962 allocates <tt>sizeof(&lt;type&gt;)*NumElements</tt> bytes of memory on the
3963 runtime stack, returning a pointer of the appropriate type to the program.
3964 If "NumElements" is specified, it is the number of elements allocated,
3965 otherwise "NumElements" is defaulted to be one. If a constant alignment is
3966 specified, the value result of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to
3967 at least that boundary. If not specified, or if zero, the target can choose
3968 to align the allocation on any convenient boundary compatible with the
3969 type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003970
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003971<p>'<tt>type</tt>' may be any sized type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003972
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003973<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendling871eb0a2009-05-08 20:49:29 +00003974<p>Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned. The operation is undefined if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003975 there is insufficient stack space for the allocation. '<tt>alloca</tt>'d
3976 memory is automatically released when the function returns. The
3977 '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction is commonly used to represent automatic
3978 variables that must have an address available. When the function returns
3979 (either with the <tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>
3980 or <tt><a href="#i_unwind">unwind</a></tt> instructions), the memory is
3981 reclaimed. Allocating zero bytes is legal, but the result is undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003982
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003983<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003984<pre>
Dan Gohman81e21672009-01-04 23:49:44 +00003985 %ptr = alloca i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3986 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3987 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3988 %ptr = alloca i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003989</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003990
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003991</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003992
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003993<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003994<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_load">'<tt>load</tt>'
3995Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003996
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003997<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003998
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003999<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004000<pre>
4001 &lt;result&gt; = load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;]
4002 &lt;result&gt; = volatile load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;]
4003</pre>
4004
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004005<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004006<p>The '<tt>load</tt>' instruction is used to read from memory.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004007
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004008<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004009<p>The argument to the '<tt>load</tt>' instruction specifies the memory address
4010 from which to load. The pointer must point to
4011 a <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the <tt>load</tt> is
4012 marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the
4013 number or order of execution of this <tt>load</tt> with other
4014 volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>
4015 instructions. </p>
4016
4017<p>The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the
4018 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
4019 omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
4020 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
4021 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
4022 alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
4023 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
4024
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004025<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004026<p>The location of memory pointed to is loaded. If the value being loaded is of
4027 scalar type then the number of bytes read does not exceed the minimum number
4028 of bytes needed to hold all bits of the type. For example, loading an
4029 <tt>i24</tt> reads at most three bytes. When loading a value of a type like
4030 <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an integral number of bytes, the result
4031 is undefined if the value was not originally written using a store of the
4032 same type.</p>
4033
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004034<h5>Examples:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004035<pre>
4036 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4037 <a href="#i_store">store</a> i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004038 %val = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004039</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004040
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004041</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004042
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004043<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004044<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_store">'<tt>store</tt>'
4045Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004046
Reid Spencer035ab572006-11-09 21:18:01 +00004047<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004048
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004049<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004050<pre>
4051 store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
Christopher Lamb2330e4d2007-04-21 08:16:25 +00004052 volatile store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004053</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004054
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004055<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004056<p>The '<tt>store</tt>' instruction is used to write to memory.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004057
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004058<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004059<p>There are two arguments to the '<tt>store</tt>' instruction: a value to store
4060 and an address at which to store it. The type of the
4061 '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand must be a pointer to
4062 the <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type of the
4063 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' operand. If the <tt>store</tt> is marked
4064 as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the number
4065 or order of execution of this <tt>store</tt> with other
4066 volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>
4067 instructions.</p>
4068
4069<p>The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the
4070 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
4071 omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
4072 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
4073 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
4074 alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
4075 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
4076
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004077<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004078<p>The contents of memory are updated to contain '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' at the
4079 location specified by the '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand. If
4080 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' is of scalar type then the number of bytes written
4081 does not exceed the minimum number of bytes needed to hold all bits of the
4082 type. For example, storing an <tt>i24</tt> writes at most three bytes. When
4083 writing a value of a type like <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an
4084 integral number of bytes, it is unspecified what happens to the extra bits
4085 that do not belong to the type, but they will typically be overwritten.</p>
4086
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004087<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004088<pre>
4089 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Bill Wendling8c6c72d2007-10-22 05:10:05 +00004090 store i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
4091 %val = <a href="#i_load">load</a> i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004092</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004093
Reid Spencer47ce1792006-11-09 21:15:49 +00004094</div>
4095
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004096<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004097<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4098 <a name="i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a>
4099</div>
4100
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004101<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004102
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004103<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004104<pre>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004105 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004106 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr inbounds &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004107</pre>
4108
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004109<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004110<p>The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to get the address of a
4111 subelement of an aggregate data structure. It performs address calculation
4112 only and does not access memory.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004113
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004114<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004115<p>The first argument is always a pointer, and forms the basis of the
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004116 calculation. The remaining arguments are indices that indicate which of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004117 elements of the aggregate object are indexed. The interpretation of each
4118 index is dependent on the type being indexed into. The first index always
4119 indexes the pointer value given as the first argument, the second index
4120 indexes a value of the type pointed to (not necessarily the value directly
4121 pointed to, since the first index can be non-zero), etc. The first type
4122 indexed into must be a pointer value, subsequent types can be arrays, vectors
4123 and structs. Note that subsequent types being indexed into can never be
4124 pointers, since that would require loading the pointer before continuing
4125 calculation.</p>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004126
4127<p>The type of each index argument depends on the type it is indexing into.
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004128 When indexing into a (optionally packed) structure, only <tt>i32</tt> integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004129 <b>constants</b> are allowed. When indexing into an array, pointer or
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004130 vector, integers of any width are allowed, and they are not required to be
4131 constant.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004132
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004133<p>For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets compiled to
4134 LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004135
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004136<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004137<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004138struct RT {
4139 char A;
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004140 int B[10][20];
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004141 char C;
4142};
4143struct ST {
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004144 int X;
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004145 double Y;
4146 struct RT Z;
4147};
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004148
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004149int *foo(struct ST *s) {
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004150 return &amp;s[1].Z.B[5][13];
4151}
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004152</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004153</div>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004154
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004155<p>The LLVM code generated by the GCC frontend is:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004156
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004157<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004158<pre>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +00004159%RT = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]], i8 }
4160%ST = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i32, double, %RT }
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004161
Dan Gohman4df605b2009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004162define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004163entry:
4164 %reg = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1, i32 2, i32 1, i32 5, i32 13
4165 ret i32* %reg
4166}
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004167</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004168</div>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004169
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004170<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004171<p>In the example above, the first index is indexing into the '<tt>%ST*</tt>'
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004172 type, which is a pointer, yielding a '<tt>%ST</tt>' = '<tt>{ i32, double, %RT
4173 }</tt>' type, a structure. The second index indexes into the third element
4174 of the structure, yielding a '<tt>%RT</tt>' = '<tt>{ i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]],
4175 i8 }</tt>' type, another structure. The third index indexes into the second
4176 element of the structure, yielding a '<tt>[10 x [20 x i32]]</tt>' type, an
4177 array. The two dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an
4178 '<tt>i32</tt>' type. The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction returns a
4179 pointer to this element, thus computing a value of '<tt>i32*</tt>' type.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004180
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004181<p>Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a structure,
4182 returning a pointer to an inner element. Because of this, the LLVM code for
4183 the given testcase is equivalent to:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004184
4185<pre>
Dan Gohman4df605b2009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004186 define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004187 %t1 = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1 <i>; yields %ST*:%t1</i>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00004188 %t2 = getelementptr %ST* %t1, i32 0, i32 2 <i>; yields %RT*:%t2</i>
4189 %t3 = getelementptr %RT* %t2, i32 0, i32 1 <i>; yields [10 x [20 x i32]]*:%t3</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004190 %t4 = getelementptr [10 x [20 x i32]]* %t3, i32 0, i32 5 <i>; yields [20 x i32]*:%t4</i>
4191 %t5 = getelementptr [20 x i32]* %t4, i32 0, i32 13 <i>; yields i32*:%t5</i>
4192 ret i32* %t5
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004193 }
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004194</pre>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00004195
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004196<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
Dan Gohman0a28d182009-07-29 16:00:30 +00004197 <tt>getelementptr</tt> is undefined if the base pointer is not an
4198 <i>in bounds</i> address of an allocated object, or if any of the addresses
Dan Gohmanb255b882009-08-20 17:08:17 +00004199 that would be formed by successive addition of the offsets implied by the
4200 indices to the base address with infinitely precise arithmetic are not an
4201 <i>in bounds</i> address of that allocated object.
Dan Gohman0a28d182009-07-29 16:00:30 +00004202 The <i>in bounds</i> addresses for an allocated object are all the addresses
Dan Gohmanb255b882009-08-20 17:08:17 +00004203 that point into the object, plus the address one byte past the end.</p>
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004204
4205<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is not present, the offsets are added to
4206 the base address with silently-wrapping two's complement arithmetic, and
4207 the result value of the <tt>getelementptr</tt> may be outside the object
4208 pointed to by the base pointer. The result value may not necessarily be
4209 used to access memory though, even if it happens to point into allocated
4210 storage. See the <a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
4211 section for more information.</p>
4212
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004213<p>The getelementptr instruction is often confusing. For some more insight into
4214 how it works, see <a href="GetElementPtr.html">the getelementptr FAQ</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +00004215
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004216<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004217<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004218 <i>; yields [12 x i8]*:aptr</i>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004219 %aptr = getelementptr {i32, [12 x i8]}* %saptr, i64 0, i32 1
4220 <i>; yields i8*:vptr</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004221 %vptr = getelementptr {i32, &lt;2 x i8&gt;}* %svptr, i64 0, i32 1, i32 1
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004222 <i>; yields i8*:eptr</i>
4223 %eptr = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %aptr, i64 0, i32 1
Sanjiv Gupta9f805c22009-04-25 07:27:44 +00004224 <i>; yields i32*:iptr</i>
Sanjiv Gupta16ffa802009-04-24 16:38:13 +00004225 %iptr = getelementptr [10 x i32]* @arr, i16 0, i16 0
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004226</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004227
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004228</div>
Reid Spencer47ce1792006-11-09 21:15:49 +00004229
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004230<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004231<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004232</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004233
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004234<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004235
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004236<p>The instructions in this category are the conversion instructions (casting)
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004237 which all take a single operand and a type. They perform various bit
4238 conversions on the operand.</p>
4239
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004240</div>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004241
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004242<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004243<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004244 <a name="i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4245</div>
4246<div class="doc_text">
4247
4248<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4249<pre>
4250 &lt;result&gt; = trunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4251</pre>
4252
4253<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004254<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates its operand to the
4255 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004256
4257<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004258<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to trunc, which must
4259 be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type that specifies the
4260 size and type of the result, which must be
4261 an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of <tt>value</tt> must
4262 be larger than the bit size of <tt>ty2</tt>. Equal sized types are not
4263 allowed.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004264
4265<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004266<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates the high order bits
4267 in <tt>value</tt> and converts the remaining bits to <tt>ty2</tt>. Since the
4268 source size must be larger than the destination size, <tt>trunc</tt> cannot
4269 be a <i>no-op cast</i>. It will always truncate bits.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004270
4271<h5>Example:</h5>
4272<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004273 %X = trunc i32 257 to i8 <i>; yields i8:1</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004274 %Y = trunc i32 123 to i1 <i>; yields i1:true</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004275 %Z = trunc i32 122 to i1 <i>; yields i1:false</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004276</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004277
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004278</div>
4279
4280<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4281<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4282 <a name="i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4283</div>
4284<div class="doc_text">
4285
4286<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4287<pre>
4288 &lt;result&gt; = zext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4289</pre>
4290
4291<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004292<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction zero extends its operand to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004293 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004294
4295
4296<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004297<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004298 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4299 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004300 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004301 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004302
4303<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4304<p>The <tt>zext</tt> fills the high order bits of the <tt>value</tt> with zero
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004305 bits until it reaches the size of the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004306
Reid Spencerb5929522007-01-12 15:46:11 +00004307<p>When zero extending from i1, the result will always be either 0 or 1.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004308
4309<h5>Example:</h5>
4310<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004311 %X = zext i32 257 to i64 <i>; yields i64:257</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004312 %Y = zext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004313</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004314
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004315</div>
4316
4317<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4318<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4319 <a name="i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4320</div>
4321<div class="doc_text">
4322
4323<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4324<pre>
4325 &lt;result&gt; = sext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4326</pre>
4327
4328<h5>Overview:</h5>
4329<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' sign extends <tt>value</tt> to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
4330
4331<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004332<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004333 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4334 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004335 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004336 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004337
4338<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004339<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction performs a sign extension by copying the sign
4340 bit (highest order bit) of the <tt>value</tt> until it reaches the bit size
4341 of the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004342
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004343<p>When sign extending from i1, the extension always results in -1 or 0.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004344
4345<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004346<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004347 %X = sext i8 -1 to i16 <i>; yields i16 :65535</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004348 %Y = sext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:-1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004349</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004350
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004351</div>
4352
4353<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4354<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004355 <a name="i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4356</div>
4357
4358<div class="doc_text">
4359
4360<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004361<pre>
4362 &lt;result&gt; = fptrunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4363</pre>
4364
4365<h5>Overview:</h5>
4366<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004367 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004368
4369<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4370<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction takes a <a href="#t_floating">floating
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004371 point</a> value to cast and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type
4372 to cast it to. The size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the size of
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004373 <tt>ty2</tt>. This implies that <tt>fptrunc</tt> cannot be used to make a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004374 <i>no-op cast</i>.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004375
4376<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004377<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates a <tt>value</tt> from a larger
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004378 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a smaller
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004379 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. If the value cannot fit
4380 within the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, then the results are
4381 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004382
4383<h5>Example:</h5>
4384<pre>
4385 %X = fptrunc double 123.0 to float <i>; yields float:123.0</i>
4386 %Y = fptrunc double 1.0E+300 to float <i>; yields undefined</i>
4387</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004388
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004389</div>
4390
4391<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4392<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004393 <a name="i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4394</div>
4395<div class="doc_text">
4396
4397<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4398<pre>
4399 &lt;result&gt; = fpext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4400</pre>
4401
4402<h5>Overview:</h5>
4403<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' extends a floating point <tt>value</tt> to a larger
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004404 floating point value.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004405
4406<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004407<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction takes a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004408 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to cast, and
4409 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to cast it to. The source
4410 type must be smaller than the destination type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004411
4412<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004413<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction extends the <tt>value</tt> from a smaller
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004414 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a larger
4415 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. The <tt>fpext</tt> cannot be
4416 used to make a <i>no-op cast</i> because it always changes bits. Use
4417 <tt>bitcast</tt> to make a <i>no-op cast</i> for a floating point cast.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004418
4419<h5>Example:</h5>
4420<pre>
4421 %X = fpext float 3.1415 to double <i>; yields double:3.1415</i>
4422 %Y = fpext float 1.0 to float <i>; yields float:1.0 (no-op)</i>
4423</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004424
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004425</div>
4426
4427<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4428<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer24d6da52007-01-21 00:29:26 +00004429 <a name="i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004430</div>
4431<div class="doc_text">
4432
4433<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4434<pre>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004435 &lt;result&gt; = fptoui &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004436</pre>
4437
4438<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004439<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' converts a floating point <tt>value</tt> to its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004440 unsigned integer equivalent of type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004441
4442<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004443<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4444 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4445 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4446 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4447 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004448
4449<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004450<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction converts its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004451 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4452 towards zero) unsigned integer value. If the value cannot fit
4453 in <tt>ty2</tt>, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004454
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004455<h5>Example:</h5>
4456<pre>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004457 %X = fptoui double 123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:123</i>
Chris Lattner88519042007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004458 %Y = fptoui float 1.0E+300 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004459 %Z = fptoui float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004460</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004461
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004462</div>
4463
4464<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4465<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004466 <a name="i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004467</div>
4468<div class="doc_text">
4469
4470<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4471<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004472 &lt;result&gt; = fptosi &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004473</pre>
4474
4475<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004476<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004477 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to
4478 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004479
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004480<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004481<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4482 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4483 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4484 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4485 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004486
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004487<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004488<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004489 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4490 towards zero) signed integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
4491 the results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004492
Chris Lattner33ba0d92001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004493<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004494<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004495 %X = fptosi double -123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:-123</i>
Chris Lattner88519042007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004496 %Y = fptosi float 1.0E-247 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004497 %Z = fptosi float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004498</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004499
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004500</div>
4501
4502<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4503<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004504 <a name="i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004505</div>
4506<div class="doc_text">
4507
4508<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4509<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004510 &lt;result&gt; = uitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004511</pre>
4512
4513<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004514<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as an unsigned
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004515 integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004516
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004517<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemanb348d182007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004518<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004519 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4520 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4521 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4522 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004523
4524<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004525<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as an unsigned
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004526 integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point
4527 value. If the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are
4528 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004529
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004530<h5>Example:</h5>
4531<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004532 %X = uitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004533 %Y = uitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:255.0</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004534</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004535
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004536</div>
4537
4538<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4539<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004540 <a name="i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004541</div>
4542<div class="doc_text">
4543
4544<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4545<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004546 &lt;result&gt; = sitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004547</pre>
4548
4549<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004550<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as a signed integer
4551 and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004552
4553<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemanb348d182007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004554<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004555 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4556 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4557 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4558 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004559
4560<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004561<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as a signed integer
4562 quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If the
4563 value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004564
4565<h5>Example:</h5>
4566<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004567 %X = sitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004568 %Y = sitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:-1.0</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004569</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004570
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004571</div>
4572
4573<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4574<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004575 <a name="i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4576</div>
4577<div class="doc_text">
4578
4579<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4580<pre>
4581 &lt;result&gt; = ptrtoint &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4582</pre>
4583
4584<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004585<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts the pointer <tt>value</tt> to
4586 the integer type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004587
4588<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004589<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to cast, which
4590 must be a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> value, and a type to cast it to
4591 <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004592
4593<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4594<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to integer type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004595 <tt>ty2</tt> by interpreting the pointer value as an integer and either
4596 truncating or zero extending that value to the size of the integer type. If
4597 <tt>value</tt> is smaller than <tt>ty2</tt> then a zero extension is done. If
4598 <tt>value</tt> is larger than <tt>ty2</tt> then a truncation is done. If they
4599 are the same size, then nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>) other than a type
4600 change.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004601
4602<h5>Example:</h5>
4603<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004604 %X = ptrtoint i32* %X to i8 <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
4605 %Y = ptrtoint i32* %x to i64 <i>; yields zero extension on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004606</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004607
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004608</div>
4609
4610<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4611<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4612 <a name="i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4613</div>
4614<div class="doc_text">
4615
4616<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4617<pre>
4618 &lt;result&gt; = inttoptr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4619</pre>
4620
4621<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004622<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts an integer <tt>value</tt> to a
4623 pointer type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004624
4625<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Duncan Sands8036ca42007-03-30 12:22:09 +00004626<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction takes an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004627 value to cast, and a type to cast it to, which must be a
4628 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004629
4630<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4631<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004632 <tt>ty2</tt> by applying either a zero extension or a truncation depending on
4633 the size of the integer <tt>value</tt>. If <tt>value</tt> is larger than the
4634 size of a pointer then a truncation is done. If <tt>value</tt> is smaller
4635 than the size of a pointer then a zero extension is done. If they are the
4636 same size, nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>).</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004637
4638<h5>Example:</h5>
4639<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004640 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields zero extension on 64-bit architecture</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004641 %Y = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields no-op on 32-bit architecture</i>
4642 %Z = inttoptr i64 0 to i32* <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004643</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004644
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004645</div>
4646
4647<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4648<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004649 <a name="i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004650</div>
4651<div class="doc_text">
4652
4653<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4654<pre>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004655 &lt;result&gt; = bitcast &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004656</pre>
4657
4658<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004659<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004660 <tt>ty2</tt> without changing any bits.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004661
4662<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004663<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4664 non-aggregate first class value, and a type to cast it to, which must also be
4665 a non-aggregate <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. The bit sizes
4666 of <tt>value</tt> and the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, must be
4667 identical. If the source type is a pointer, the destination type must also be
4668 a pointer. This instruction supports bitwise conversion of vectors to
4669 integers and to vectors of other types (as long as they have the same
4670 size).</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004671
4672<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004673<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004674 <tt>ty2</tt>. It is always a <i>no-op cast</i> because no bits change with
4675 this conversion. The conversion is done as if the <tt>value</tt> had been
4676 stored to memory and read back as type <tt>ty2</tt>. Pointer types may only
4677 be converted to other pointer types with this instruction. To convert
4678 pointers to other types, use the <a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a> or
4679 <a href="#i_ptrtoint">ptrtoint</a> instructions first.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004680
4681<h5>Example:</h5>
4682<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004683 %X = bitcast i8 255 to i8 <i>; yields i8 :-1</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004684 %Y = bitcast i32* %x to sint* <i>; yields sint*:%x</i>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004685 %Z = bitcast &lt;2 x int&gt; %V to i64; <i>; yields i64: %V</i>
Chris Lattner33ba0d92001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004686</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004687
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004688</div>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004689
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004690<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4691<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="otherops">Other Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004692
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004693<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004694
4695<p>The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous" instructions, which
4696 defy better classification.</p>
4697
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004698</div>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004699
4700<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4701<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4702</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004703
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004704<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004705
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004706<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004707<pre>
4708 &lt;result&gt; = icmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004709</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004710
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004711<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004712<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or a vector of
4713 boolean values based on comparison of its two integer, integer vector, or
4714 pointer operands.</p>
4715
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004716<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4717<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004718 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
4719 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
4720
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004721<ol>
4722 <li><tt>eq</tt>: equal</li>
4723 <li><tt>ne</tt>: not equal </li>
4724 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unsigned greater than</li>
4725 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unsigned greater or equal</li>
4726 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unsigned less than</li>
4727 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unsigned less or equal</li>
4728 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: signed greater than</li>
4729 <li><tt>sge</tt>: signed greater or equal</li>
4730 <li><tt>slt</tt>: signed less than</li>
4731 <li><tt>sle</tt>: signed less or equal</li>
4732</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004733
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00004734<p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004735 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> or integer <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
4736 typed. They must also be identical types.</p>
4737
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004738<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004739<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt> according to the
4740 condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison performed always yields
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00004741 either an <a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a> or vector of <tt>i1</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004742 result, as follows:</p>
4743
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004744<ol>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004745 <li><tt>eq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are equal,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004746 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
4747 performed.</li>
4748
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004749 <li><tt>ne</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are unequal,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004750 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
4751 performed.</li>
4752
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004753 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004754 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4755
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004756 <li><tt>uge</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004757 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
4758 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4759
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004760 <li><tt>ult</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004761 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4762
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004763 <li><tt>ule</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004764 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4765
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004766 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004767 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4768
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004769 <li><tt>sge</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004770 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
4771 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4772
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004773 <li><tt>slt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004774 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4775
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004776 <li><tt>sle</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004777 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004778</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004779
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004780<p>If the operands are <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> typed, the pointer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004781 values are compared as if they were integers.</p>
4782
4783<p>If the operands are integer vectors, then they are compared element by
4784 element. The result is an <tt>i1</tt> vector with the same number of elements
4785 as the values being compared. Otherwise, the result is an <tt>i1</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004786
4787<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004788<pre>
4789 &lt;result&gt; = icmp eq i32 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004790 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ne float* %X, %X <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4791 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ult i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4792 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sgt i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4793 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ule i16 -4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4794 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sge i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004795</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00004796
4797<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
4798 the <tt>icmp</tt> instruction.</p>
4799
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004800</div>
4801
4802<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4803<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4804</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004805
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004806<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004807
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004808<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004809<pre>
4810 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004811</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004812
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004813<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004814<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or vector of boolean
4815 values based on comparison of its operands.</p>
4816
4817<p>If the operands are floating point scalars, then the result type is a boolean
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00004818(<a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a>).</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004819
4820<p>If the operands are floating point vectors, then the result type is a vector
4821 of boolean with the same number of elements as the operands being
4822 compared.</p>
4823
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004824<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4825<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004826 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
4827 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
4828
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004829<ol>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004830 <li><tt>false</tt>: no comparison, always returns false</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004831 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: ordered and equal</li>
4832 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: ordered and greater than </li>
4833 <li><tt>oge</tt>: ordered and greater than or equal</li>
4834 <li><tt>olt</tt>: ordered and less than </li>
4835 <li><tt>ole</tt>: ordered and less than or equal</li>
4836 <li><tt>one</tt>: ordered and not equal</li>
4837 <li><tt>ord</tt>: ordered (no nans)</li>
4838 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: unordered or equal</li>
4839 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unordered or greater than </li>
4840 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unordered or greater than or equal</li>
4841 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unordered or less than </li>
4842 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unordered or less than or equal</li>
4843 <li><tt>une</tt>: unordered or not equal</li>
4844 <li><tt>uno</tt>: unordered (either nans)</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004845 <li><tt>true</tt>: no comparison, always returns true</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004846</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004847
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004848<p><i>Ordered</i> means that neither operand is a QNAN while
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004849 <i>unordered</i> means that either operand may be a QNAN.</p>
4850
4851<p>Each of <tt>val1</tt> and <tt>val2</tt> arguments must be either
4852 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type or
4853 a <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of floating point type. They must have
4854 identical types.</p>
4855
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004856<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004857<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004858 according to the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. If the operands are
4859 vectors, then the vectors are compared element by element. Each comparison
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00004860 performed always yields an <a href="#t_integer">i1</a> result, as
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004861 follows:</p>
4862
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004863<ol>
4864 <li><tt>false</tt>: always yields <tt>false</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004865
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004866 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004867 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4868
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004869 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004870 <tt>op1</tt> is greather than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4871
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004872 <li><tt>oge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004873 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4874
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004875 <li><tt>olt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004876 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4877
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004878 <li><tt>ole</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004879 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4880
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004881 <li><tt>one</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004882 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4883
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004884 <li><tt>ord</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004885
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004886 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004887 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4888
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004889 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004890 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4891
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004892 <li><tt>uge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004893 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4894
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004895 <li><tt>ult</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004896 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4897
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004898 <li><tt>ule</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004899 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4900
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004901 <li><tt>une</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004902 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4903
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004904 <li><tt>uno</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004905
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004906 <li><tt>true</tt>: always yields <tt>true</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
4907</ol>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004908
4909<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004910<pre>
4911 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp oeq float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Dan Gohmanf72fb672008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004912 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp one float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4913 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp olt float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4914 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp ueq double 1.0, 2.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004915</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00004916
4917<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
4918 the <tt>fcmp</tt> instruction.</p>
4919
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004920</div>
4921
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004922<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nate Begemanac80ade2008-05-12 19:01:56 +00004923<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004924 <a name="i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a>
4925</div>
4926
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004927<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004928
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004929<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004930<pre>
4931 &lt;result&gt; = phi &lt;ty&gt; [ &lt;val0&gt;, &lt;label0&gt;], ...
4932</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004933
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004934<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004935<p>The '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction is used to implement the &#966; node in the
4936 SSA graph representing the function.</p>
4937
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004938<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004939<p>The type of the incoming values is specified with the first type field. After
4940 this, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction takes a list of pairs as arguments, with
4941 one pair for each predecessor basic block of the current block. Only values
4942 of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type may be used as the value
4943 arguments to the PHI node. Only labels may be used as the label
4944 arguments.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004945
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004946<p>There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic block and
4947 the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in a basic
4948 block.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004949
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004950<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the use of each incoming value is deemed to
4951 occur on the edge from the corresponding predecessor block to the current
4952 block (but after any definition of an '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction's return
4953 value on the same edge).</p>
Jay Foadd2449092009-06-03 10:20:10 +00004954
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004955<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004956<p>At runtime, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction logically takes on the value
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004957 specified by the pair corresponding to the predecessor basic block that
4958 executed just prior to the current block.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004959
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004960<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004961<pre>
4962Loop: ; Infinite loop that counts from 0 on up...
4963 %indvar = phi i32 [ 0, %LoopHeader ], [ %nextindvar, %Loop ]
4964 %nextindvar = add i32 %indvar, 1
4965 br label %Loop
4966</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004967
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004968</div>
4969
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004970<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4971<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4972 <a name="i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a>
4973</div>
4974
4975<div class="doc_text">
4976
4977<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004978<pre>
Dan Gohmanf72fb672008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004979 &lt;result&gt; = select <i>selty</i> &lt;cond&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val1&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val2&gt; <i>; yields ty</i>
4980
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004981 <i>selty</i> is either i1 or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004982</pre>
4983
4984<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004985<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction is used to choose one value based on a
4986 condition, without branching.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004987
4988
4989<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004990<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction requires an 'i1' value or a vector of 'i1'
4991 values indicating the condition, and two values of the
4992 same <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the val1/val2 are
4993 vectors and the condition is a scalar, then entire vectors are selected, not
4994 individual elements.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004995
4996<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004997<p>If the condition is an i1 and it evaluates to 1, the instruction returns the
4998 first value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value argument.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004999
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005000<p>If the condition is a vector of i1, then the value arguments must be vectors
5001 of the same size, and the selection is done element by element.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005002
5003<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005004<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00005005 %X = select i1 true, i8 17, i8 42 <i>; yields i8:17</i>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005006</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00005007
5008<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support conditions
5009 with vector type.</p>
5010
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005011</div>
5012
Robert Bocchino05ccd702006-01-15 20:48:27 +00005013<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5014<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005015 <a name="i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a>
5016</div>
5017
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005018<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005019
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005020<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005021<pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00005022 &lt;result&gt; = [tail] call [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ty&gt; [&lt;fnty&gt;*] &lt;fnptrval&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005023</pre>
5024
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005025<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005026<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction represents a simple function call.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005027
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005028<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005029<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005030
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00005031<ol>
Jeffrey Yasskin95fa80a2010-01-09 19:44:16 +00005032 <li>The optional "tail" marker indicates that the callee function does not
5033 access any allocas or varargs in the caller. Note that calls may be
5034 marked "tail" even if they do not occur before
5035 a <a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instruction. If the "tail" marker is
5036 present, the function call is eligible for tail call optimization,
5037 but <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">might not in fact be
5038 optimized into a jump</a>. As of this writing, the extra requirements for
5039 a call to actually be optimized are:
5040 <ul>
5041 <li>Caller and callee both have the calling
5042 convention <tt>fastcc</tt>.</li>
5043 <li>The call is in tail position (ret immediately follows call and ret
5044 uses value of call or is void).</li>
5045 <li>Option <tt>-tailcallopt</tt> is enabled,
5046 or <code>llvm::PerformTailCallOpt</code> is <code>true</code>.</li>
5047 <li><a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">Platform specific
5048 constraints are met.</a></li>
5049 </ul>
5050 </li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005051
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005052 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
5053 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
Jeffrey Yasskin95fa80a2010-01-09 19:44:16 +00005054 defaults to using C calling conventions. The calling convention of the
5055 call must match the calling convention of the target function, or else the
5056 behavior is undefined.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005057
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005058 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
5059 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
5060 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
5061
5062 <li>'<tt>ty</tt>': the type of the call instruction itself which is also the
5063 type of the return value. Functions that return no value are marked
5064 <tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>.</li>
5065
5066 <li>'<tt>fnty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to function value
5067 being invoked. The argument types must match the types implied by this
5068 signature. This type can be omitted if the function is not varargs and if
5069 the function type does not return a pointer to a function.</li>
5070
5071 <li>'<tt>fnptrval</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to
5072 be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but
5073 indirect <tt>call</tt>s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer
5074 to function value.</li>
5075
5076 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
5077 signature argument types. All arguments must be of
5078 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function signature
5079 indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra
5080 arguments can be specified.</li>
5081
5082 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
5083 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
5084 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00005085</ol>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005086
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005087<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005088<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to
5089 a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to the specified
5090 values. Upon a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction in the called
5091 function, control flow continues with the instruction after the function
5092 call, and the return value of the function is bound to the result
5093 argument.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005094
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005095<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005096<pre>
Nick Lewyckydb7e3c92007-09-08 13:57:50 +00005097 %retval = call i32 @test(i32 %argc)
Chris Lattner772fccf2008-03-21 17:24:17 +00005098 call i32 (i8 *, ...)* @printf(i8 * %msg, i32 12, i8 42) <i>; yields i32</i>
5099 %X = tail call i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
5100 %Y = tail call <a href="#callingconv">fastcc</a> i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
5101 call void %foo(i8 97 signext)
Devang Patelc3fc6df2008-03-10 20:49:15 +00005102
5103 %struct.A = type { i32, i8 }
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005104 %r = call %struct.A @foo() <i>; yields { 32, i8 }</i>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00005105 %gr = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
5106 %gr1 = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 1 <i>; yields i8</i>
Chris Lattner85a350f2008-10-08 06:26:11 +00005107 %Z = call void @foo() noreturn <i>; indicates that %foo never returns normally</i>
Matthijs Kooijmancb73d192008-10-07 10:03:45 +00005108 %ZZ = call zeroext i32 @bar() <i>; Return value is %zero extended</i>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005109</pre>
5110
Dale Johannesen07de8d12009-09-24 18:38:21 +00005111<p>llvm treats calls to some functions with names and arguments that match the
Dale Johannesen9f8380b2009-09-25 17:04:42 +00005112standard C99 library as being the C99 library functions, and may perform
5113optimizations or generate code for them under that assumption. This is
5114something we'd like to change in the future to provide better support for
5115freestanding environments and non-C-based langauges.</p>
Dale Johannesen07de8d12009-09-24 18:38:21 +00005116
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005117</div>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005118
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005119<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005120<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +00005121 <a name="i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005122</div>
5123
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005124<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005125
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005126<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005127<pre>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005128 &lt;resultval&gt; = va_arg &lt;va_list*&gt; &lt;arglist&gt;, &lt;argty&gt;
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005129</pre>
5130
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005131<h5>Overview:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005132<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction is used to access arguments passed through
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005133 the "variable argument" area of a function call. It is used to implement the
5134 <tt>va_arg</tt> macro in C.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005135
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005136<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005137<p>This instruction takes a <tt>va_list*</tt> value and the type of the
5138 argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and increments
5139 the <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. The actual type
5140 of <tt>va_list</tt> is target specific.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005141
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005142<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005143<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction loads an argument of the specified type
5144 from the specified <tt>va_list</tt> and causes the <tt>va_list</tt> to point
5145 to the next argument. For more information, see the variable argument
5146 handling <a href="#int_varargs">Intrinsic Functions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005147
5148<p>It is legal for this instruction to be called in a function which does not
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005149 take a variable number of arguments, for example, the <tt>vfprintf</tt>
5150 function.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005151
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005152<p><tt>va_arg</tt> is an LLVM instruction instead of
5153 an <a href="#intrinsics">intrinsic function</a> because it takes a type as an
5154 argument.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005155
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005156<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005157<p>See the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument processing</a> section.</p>
5158
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005159<p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support va_arg on many
5160 targets. Also, it does not currently support va_arg with aggregate types on
5161 any target.</p>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00005162
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005163</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005164
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005165<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00005166<div class="doc_section"> <a name="intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> </div>
5167<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005168
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005169<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005170
5171<p>LLVM supports the notion of an "intrinsic function". These functions have
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005172 well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain
5173 restrictions. Overall, these intrinsics represent an extension mechanism for
5174 the LLVM language that does not require changing all of the transformations
5175 in LLVM when adding to the language (or the bitcode reader/writer, the
5176 parser, etc...).</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005177
John Criswellfc6b8952005-05-16 16:17:45 +00005178<p>Intrinsic function names must all start with an "<tt>llvm.</tt>" prefix. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005179 prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, function names may not
5180 begin with this prefix. Intrinsic functions must always be external
5181 functions: you cannot define the body of intrinsic functions. Intrinsic
5182 functions may only be used in call or invoke instructions: it is illegal to
5183 take the address of an intrinsic function. Additionally, because intrinsic
5184 functions are part of the LLVM language, it is required if any are added that
5185 they be documented here.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005186
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005187<p>Some intrinsic functions can be overloaded, i.e., the intrinsic represents a
5188 family of functions that perform the same operation but on different data
5189 types. Because LLVM can represent over 8 million different integer types,
5190 overloading is used commonly to allow an intrinsic function to operate on any
5191 integer type. One or more of the argument types or the result type can be
5192 overloaded to accept any integer type. Argument types may also be defined as
5193 exactly matching a previous argument's type or the result type. This allows
5194 an intrinsic function which accepts multiple arguments, but needs all of them
5195 to be of the same type, to only be overloaded with respect to a single
5196 argument or the result.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005197
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005198<p>Overloaded intrinsics will have the names of its overloaded argument types
5199 encoded into its function name, each preceded by a period. Only those types
5200 which are overloaded result in a name suffix. Arguments whose type is matched
5201 against another type do not. For example, the <tt>llvm.ctpop</tt> function
5202 can take an integer of any width and returns an integer of exactly the same
5203 integer width. This leads to a family of functions such as
5204 <tt>i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 %val)</tt> and <tt>i29 @llvm.ctpop.i29(i29
5205 %val)</tt>. Only one type, the return type, is overloaded, and only one type
5206 suffix is required. Because the argument's type is matched against the return
5207 type, it does not require its own name suffix.</p>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005208
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005209<p>To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005210 <a href="ExtendingLLVM.html">Extending LLVM Guide</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005211
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005212</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005213
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005214<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005215<div class="doc_subsection">
5216 <a name="int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
5217</div>
5218
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005219<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005220
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005221<p>Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with
5222 the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> instruction and these three
5223 intrinsic functions. These functions are related to the similarly named
5224 macros defined in the <tt>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</tt> header file.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005225
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005226<p>All of these functions operate on arguments that use a target-specific value
5227 type "<tt>va_list</tt>". The LLVM assembly language reference manual does
5228 not define what this type is, so all transformations should be prepared to
5229 handle these functions regardless of the type used.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005230
Chris Lattner374ab302006-05-15 17:26:46 +00005231<p>This example shows how the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005232 instruction and the variable argument handling intrinsic functions are
5233 used.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005234
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00005235<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005236<pre>
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005237define i32 @test(i32 %X, ...) {
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005238 ; Initialize variable argument processing
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005239 %ap = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005240 %ap2 = bitcast i8** %ap to i8*
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005241 call void @llvm.va_start(i8* %ap2)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005242
5243 ; Read a single integer argument
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005244 %tmp = va_arg i8** %ap, i32
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005245
5246 ; Demonstrate usage of llvm.va_copy and llvm.va_end
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005247 %aq = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005248 %aq2 = bitcast i8** %aq to i8*
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005249 call void @llvm.va_copy(i8* %aq2, i8* %ap2)
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005250 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %aq2)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005251
5252 ; Stop processing of arguments.
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005253 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %ap2)
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005254 ret i32 %tmp
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005255}
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005256
5257declare void @llvm.va_start(i8*)
5258declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8*, i8*)
5259declare void @llvm.va_end(i8*)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005260</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005261</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005262
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00005263</div>
5264
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005265<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005266<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005267 <a name="int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005268</div>
5269
5270
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005271<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005272
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005273<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005274<pre>
5275 declare void %llvm.va_start(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5276</pre>
5277
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005278<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005279<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic initializes <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>
5280 for subsequent use by <tt><a href="#i_va_arg">va_arg</a></tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005281
5282<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005283<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005284
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005285<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005286<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_start</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005287 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it initializes
5288 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points, so that the next
5289 call to <tt>va_arg</tt> will produce the first variable argument passed to
5290 the function. Unlike the C <tt>va_start</tt> macro, this intrinsic does not
5291 need to know the last argument of the function as the compiler can figure
5292 that out.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005293
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005294</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005295
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005296<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005297<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005298 <a name="int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005299</div>
5300
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005301<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005302
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005303<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5304<pre>
5305 declare void @llvm.va_end(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5306</pre>
5307
5308<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005309<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic destroys <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005310 which has been initialized previously
5311 with <tt><a href="#int_va_start">llvm.va_start</a></tt>
5312 or <tt><a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a></tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005313
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005314<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005315<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> to destroy.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005316
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005317<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005318<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_end</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005319 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it destroys
5320 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points. Calls
5321 to <a href="#int_va_start"><tt>llvm.va_start</tt></a>
5322 and <a href="#int_va_copy"> <tt>llvm.va_copy</tt></a> must be matched exactly
5323 with calls to <tt>llvm.va_end</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005324
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005325</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005326
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005327<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005328<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005329 <a name="int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005330</div>
5331
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005332<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005333
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005334<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005335<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005336 declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8* &lt;destarglist&gt;, i8* &lt;srcarglist&gt;)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005337</pre>
5338
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005339<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005340<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic copies the current argument position
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005341 from the source argument list to the destination argument list.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005342
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005343<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005344<p>The first argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005345 The second argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to copy
5346 from.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005347
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005348<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005349<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_copy</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005350 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it copies the
5351 source <tt>va_list</tt> element into the destination <tt>va_list</tt>
5352 element. This intrinsic is necessary because
5353 the <tt><a href="#int_va_start"> llvm.va_start</a></tt> intrinsic may be
5354 arbitrarily complex and require, for example, memory allocation.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005355
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005356</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005357
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005358<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5359<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005360 <a name="int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
5361</div>
5362
5363<div class="doc_text">
5364
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005365<p>LLVM support for <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00005366Collection</a> (GC) requires the implementation and generation of these
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005367intrinsics. These intrinsics allow identification of <a href="#int_gcroot">GC
5368roots on the stack</a>, as well as garbage collector implementations that
5369require <a href="#int_gcread">read</a> and <a href="#int_gcwrite">write</a>
5370barriers. Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate
5371these intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors. For more details,
5372see <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage Collection with
5373LLVM</a>.</p>
Christopher Lamb303dae92007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005374
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005375<p>The garbage collection intrinsics only operate on objects in the generic
5376 address space (address space zero).</p>
Christopher Lamb303dae92007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005377
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005378</div>
5379
5380<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5381<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005382 <a name="int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005383</div>
5384
5385<div class="doc_text">
5386
5387<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005388<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005389 declare void @llvm.gcroot(i8** %ptrloc, i8* %metadata)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005390</pre>
5391
5392<h5>Overview:</h5>
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00005393<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' intrinsic declares the existence of a GC root to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005394 the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005395
5396<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005397<p>The first argument specifies the address of a stack object that contains the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005398 root pointer. The second pointer (which must be either a constant or a
5399 global value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the
5400 root.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005401
5402<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner05d67092008-04-24 05:59:56 +00005403<p>At runtime, a call to this intrinsic stores a null pointer into the "ptrloc"
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005404 location. At compile-time, the code generator generates information to allow
5405 the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points. The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>'
5406 intrinsic may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5407 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005408
5409</div>
5410
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005411<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5412<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005413 <a name="int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005414</div>
5415
5416<div class="doc_text">
5417
5418<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005419<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005420 declare i8* @llvm.gcread(i8* %ObjPtr, i8** %Ptr)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005421</pre>
5422
5423<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005424<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic identifies reads of references from heap
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005425 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read
5426 barriers.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005427
5428<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner80626e92006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005429<p>The second argument is the address to read from, which should be an address
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005430 allocated from the garbage collector. The first object is a pointer to the
5431 start of the referenced object, if needed by the language runtime (otherwise
5432 null).</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005433
5434<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005435<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a load
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005436 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5437 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic
5438 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5439 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005440
5441</div>
5442
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005443<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5444<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005445 <a name="int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005446</div>
5447
5448<div class="doc_text">
5449
5450<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005451<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005452 declare void @llvm.gcwrite(i8* %P1, i8* %Obj, i8** %P2)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005453</pre>
5454
5455<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005456<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic identifies writes of references to heap
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005457 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write
5458 barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005459
5460<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner80626e92006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005461<p>The first argument is the reference to store, the second is the start of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005462 object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of Obj to
5463 store to. If the runtime does not require a pointer to the object, Obj may
5464 be null.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005465
5466<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005467<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a store
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005468 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5469 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic
5470 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5471 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005472
5473</div>
5474
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005475<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5476<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005477 <a name="int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
5478</div>
5479
5480<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005481
5482<p>These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that may
5483 only be implemented with code generator support.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005484
5485</div>
5486
5487<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5488<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005489 <a name="int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005490</div>
5491
5492<div class="doc_text">
5493
5494<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5495<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005496 declare i8 *@llvm.returnaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005497</pre>
5498
5499<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005500<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to compute a
5501 target-specific value indicating the return address of the current function
5502 or one of its callers.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005503
5504<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005505<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the address
5506 for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, etc.
5507 The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005508
5509<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005510<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5511 indicating the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5512 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5513 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5514 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005515
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005516<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5517 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5518 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005519
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005520</div>
5521
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005522<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5523<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005524 <a name="int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005525</div>
5526
5527<div class="doc_text">
5528
5529<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5530<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005531 declare i8 *@llvm.frameaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005532</pre>
5533
5534<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005535<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to return the
5536 target-specific frame pointer value for the specified stack frame.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005537
5538<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005539<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the frame
5540 pointer for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller,
5541 etc. The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005542
5543<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005544<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5545 indicating the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5546 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5547 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5548 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005549
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005550<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5551 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5552 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005553
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005554</div>
5555
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005556<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5557<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005558 <a name="int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005559</div>
5560
5561<div class="doc_text">
5562
5563<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5564<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005565 declare i8 *@llvm.stacksave()
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005566</pre>
5567
5568<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005569<p>The '<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' intrinsic is used to remember the current state
5570 of the function stack, for use
5571 with <a href="#int_stackrestore"> <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. This is
5572 useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable
5573 sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005574
5575<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005576<p>This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed
5577 to <a href="#int_stackrestore"><tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. When
5578 an <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt> intrinsic is executed with a value saved
5579 from <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>, it effectively restores the state of the stack
5580 to the state it was in when the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> intrinsic executed.
5581 In practice, this pops any <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> blocks from the
5582 stack that were allocated after the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> was executed.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005583
5584</div>
5585
5586<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5587<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005588 <a name="int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005589</div>
5590
5591<div class="doc_text">
5592
5593<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5594<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005595 declare void @llvm.stackrestore(i8 * %ptr)
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005596</pre>
5597
5598<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005599<p>The '<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' intrinsic is used to restore the state of
5600 the function stack to the state it was in when the
5601 corresponding <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a> intrinsic
5602 executed. This is useful for implementing language features like scoped
5603 automatic variable sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005604
5605<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005606<p>See the description
5607 for <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a>.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005608
5609</div>
5610
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005611<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5612<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005613 <a name="int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005614</div>
5615
5616<div class="doc_text">
5617
5618<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5619<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005620 declare void @llvm.prefetch(i8* &lt;address&gt;, i32 &lt;rw&gt;, i32 &lt;locality&gt;)
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005621</pre>
5622
5623<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005624<p>The '<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to
5625 insert a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop.
5626 Prefetches have no effect on the behavior of the program but can change its
5627 performance characteristics.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005628
5629<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005630<p><tt>address</tt> is the address to be prefetched, <tt>rw</tt> is the
5631 specifier determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1),
5632 and <tt>locality</tt> is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no
5633 locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache. The <tt>rw</tt>
5634 and <tt>locality</tt> arguments must be constant integers.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005635
5636<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005637<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. In particular,
5638 prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value. On targets that support
5639 this intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to the processor cache for
5640 better performance.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005641
5642</div>
5643
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005644<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5645<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005646 <a name="int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005647</div>
5648
5649<div class="doc_text">
5650
5651<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5652<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005653 declare void @llvm.pcmarker(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005654</pre>
5655
5656<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005657<p>The '<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' intrinsic is a method to export a Program
5658 Counter (PC) in a region of code to simulators and other tools. The method
5659 is target specific, but it is expected that the marker will use exported
5660 symbols to transmit the PC of the marker. The marker makes no guarantees
5661 that it will remain with any specific instruction after optimizations. It is
5662 possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit optimizations. The
5663 intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to allow correlations of
5664 simulation runs.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005665
5666<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005667<p><tt>id</tt> is a numerical id identifying the marker.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005668
5669<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005670<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. Backends that do
5671 not support this intrinisic may ignore it.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005672
5673</div>
5674
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005675<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5676<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005677 <a name="int_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005678</div>
5679
5680<div class="doc_text">
5681
5682<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5683<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005684 declare i64 @llvm.readcyclecounter( )
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005685</pre>
5686
5687<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005688<p>The '<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' intrinsic provides access to the cycle
5689 counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those
5690 targets that support it. On X86, it should map to RDTSC. On Alpha, it
5691 should map to RPCC. As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the order
5692 of 9 seconds on alpha), this should only be used for small timings.</p>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005693
5694<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005695<p>When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any
5696 memory. Implementations are allowed to either return a application specific
5697 value or a system wide value. On backends without support, this is lowered
5698 to a constant 0.</p>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005699
5700</div>
5701
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005702<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5703<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005704 <a name="int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
5705</div>
5706
5707<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005708
5709<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library functions.
5710 These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass information about
5711 the alignment of the pointer arguments to the code generator, providing
5712 opportunity for more efficient code generation.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005713
5714</div>
5715
5716<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5717<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005718 <a name="int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005719</div>
5720
5721<div class="doc_text">
5722
5723<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005724<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.memcpy</tt> on any
5725 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5726
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005727<pre>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005728 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005729 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005730 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5731 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005732 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005733 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005734 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005735 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005736</pre>
5737
5738<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005739<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5740 source location to the destination location.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005741
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005742<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>
5743 intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005744
5745<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005746<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
5747 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
5748 number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment of the
5749 source and destination locations.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005750
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005751<p>If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
5752 then the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers are
5753 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00005754
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005755<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005756<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5757 source location to the destination location, which are not allowed to
5758 overlap. It copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to
5759 be aligned to some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument,
5760 otherwise it should be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005761
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005762</div>
5763
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005764<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5765<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005766 <a name="int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005767</div>
5768
5769<div class="doc_text">
5770
5771<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005772<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memmove on any integer bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005773 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5774
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005775<pre>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005776 declare void @llvm.memmove.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005777 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005778 declare void @llvm.memmove.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5779 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005780 declare void @llvm.memmove.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005781 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005782 declare void @llvm.memmove.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005783 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005784</pre>
5785
5786<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005787<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics move a block of memory from the
5788 source location to the destination location. It is similar to the
5789 '<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to
5790 overlap.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005791
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005792<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>
5793 intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005794
5795<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005796<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
5797 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
5798 number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment of the
5799 source and destination locations.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005800
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005801<p>If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
5802 then the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are
5803 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00005804
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005805<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005806<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5807 source location to the destination location, which may overlap. It copies
5808 "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
5809 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
5810 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005811
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005812</div>
5813
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005814<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5815<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005816 <a name="int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005817</div>
5818
5819<div class="doc_text">
5820
5821<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005822<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memset on any integer bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005823 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5824
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005825<pre>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005826 declare void @llvm.memset.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005827 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005828 declare void @llvm.memset.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
5829 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005830 declare void @llvm.memset.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005831 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005832 declare void @llvm.memset.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005833 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005834</pre>
5835
5836<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005837<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a
5838 particular byte value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005839
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005840<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memset</tt>
5841 intrinsic does not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005842
5843<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005844<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second is the
5845 byte value to fill it with, the third argument is an integer argument
5846 specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth argument is the known
5847 alignment of destination location.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005848
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005849<p>If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
5850 then the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to that
5851 boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005852
5853<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005854<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting
5855 at the destination location. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
5856 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
5857 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005858
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005859</div>
5860
Chris Lattner32006282004-06-11 02:28:03 +00005861<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5862<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005863 <a name="int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005864</div>
5865
5866<div class="doc_text">
5867
5868<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005869<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> on any
5870 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5871 types however.</p>
5872
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005873<pre>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00005874 declare float @llvm.sqrt.f32(float %Val)
5875 declare double @llvm.sqrt.f64(double %Val)
5876 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sqrt.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5877 declare fp128 @llvm.sqrt.f128(fp128 %Val)
5878 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sqrt.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005879</pre>
5880
5881<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005882<p>The '<tt>llvm.sqrt</tt>' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand,
5883 returning the same value as the libm '<tt>sqrt</tt>' functions would.
5884 Unlike <tt>sqrt</tt> in libm, however, <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> has undefined
5885 behavior for negative numbers other than -0.0 (which allows for better
5886 optimization, because there is no need to worry about errno being
5887 set). <tt>llvm.sqrt(-0.0)</tt> is defined to return -0.0 like IEEE sqrt.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005888
5889<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005890<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
5891 type.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005892
5893<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005894<p>This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a
5895 nonnegative floating point number.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005896
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005897</div>
5898
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005899<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5900<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005901 <a name="int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005902</div>
5903
5904<div class="doc_text">
5905
5906<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005907<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.powi</tt> on any
5908 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5909 types however.</p>
5910
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005911<pre>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00005912 declare float @llvm.powi.f32(float %Val, i32 %power)
5913 declare double @llvm.powi.f64(double %Val, i32 %power)
5914 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.powi.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, i32 %power)
5915 declare fp128 @llvm.powi.f128(fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
5916 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.powi.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005917</pre>
5918
5919<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005920<p>The '<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
5921 specified (positive or negative) power. The order of evaluation of
5922 multiplications is not defined. When a vector of floating point type is
5923 used, the second argument remains a scalar integer value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005924
5925<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005926<p>The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to raise to
5927 that power.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005928
5929<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005930<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an
5931 unspecified sequence of rounding operations.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005932
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005933</div>
5934
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005935<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5936<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5937 <a name="int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5938</div>
5939
5940<div class="doc_text">
5941
5942<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005943<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sin</tt> on any
5944 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5945 types however.</p>
5946
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005947<pre>
5948 declare float @llvm.sin.f32(float %Val)
5949 declare double @llvm.sin.f64(double %Val)
5950 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sin.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5951 declare fp128 @llvm.sin.f128(fp128 %Val)
5952 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sin.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
5953</pre>
5954
5955<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005956<p>The '<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' intrinsics return the sine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005957
5958<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005959<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
5960 type.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005961
5962<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005963<p>This function returns the sine of the specified operand, returning the same
5964 values as the libm <tt>sin</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
5965 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005966
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005967</div>
5968
5969<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5970<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5971 <a name="int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5972</div>
5973
5974<div class="doc_text">
5975
5976<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005977<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cos</tt> on any
5978 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5979 types however.</p>
5980
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005981<pre>
5982 declare float @llvm.cos.f32(float %Val)
5983 declare double @llvm.cos.f64(double %Val)
5984 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.cos.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5985 declare fp128 @llvm.cos.f128(fp128 %Val)
5986 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.cos.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
5987</pre>
5988
5989<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005990<p>The '<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' intrinsics return the cosine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005991
5992<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005993<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
5994 type.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005995
5996<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005997<p>This function returns the cosine of the specified operand, returning the same
5998 values as the libm <tt>cos</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
5999 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006000
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006001</div>
6002
6003<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6004<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6005 <a name="int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6006</div>
6007
6008<div class="doc_text">
6009
6010<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006011<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.pow</tt> on any
6012 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6013 types however.</p>
6014
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006015<pre>
6016 declare float @llvm.pow.f32(float %Val, float %Power)
6017 declare double @llvm.pow.f64(double %Val, double %Power)
6018 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.pow.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, x86_fp80 %Power)
6019 declare fp128 @llvm.pow.f128(fp128 %Val, fp128 %Power)
6020 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.pow.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, ppc_fp128 Power)
6021</pre>
6022
6023<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006024<p>The '<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
6025 specified (positive or negative) power.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006026
6027<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006028<p>The second argument is a floating point power, and the first is a value to
6029 raise to that power.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006030
6031<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006032<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power, returning
6033 the same values as the libm <tt>pow</tt> functions would, and handles error
6034 conditions in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006035
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006036</div>
6037
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006038<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6039<div class="doc_subsection">
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006040 <a name="int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006041</div>
6042
6043<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006044
6045<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation operations.
6046 These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006047
6048</div>
6049
6050<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6051<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006052 <a name="int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006053</div>
6054
6055<div class="doc_text">
6056
6057<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00006058<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic function. You can use bswap on any integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006059 type that is an even number of bytes (i.e. BitWidth % 16 == 0).</p>
6060
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006061<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006062 declare i16 @llvm.bswap.i16(i16 &lt;id&gt;)
6063 declare i32 @llvm.bswap.i32(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
6064 declare i64 @llvm.bswap.i64(i64 &lt;id&gt;)
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006065</pre>
6066
6067<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006068<p>The '<tt>llvm.bswap</tt>' family of intrinsics is used to byte swap integer
6069 values with an even number of bytes (positive multiple of 16 bits). These
6070 are useful for performing operations on data that is not in the target's
6071 native byte order.</p>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006072
6073<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006074<p>The <tt>llvm.bswap.i16</tt> intrinsic returns an i16 value that has the high
6075 and low byte of the input i16 swapped. Similarly,
6076 the <tt>llvm.bswap.i32</tt> intrinsic returns an i32 value that has the four
6077 bytes of the input i32 swapped, so that if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1,
6078 2, 3 then the returned i32 will have its bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order.
6079 The <tt>llvm.bswap.i48</tt>, <tt>llvm.bswap.i64</tt> and other intrinsics
6080 extend this concept to additional even-byte lengths (6 bytes, 8 bytes and
6081 more, respectively).</p>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006082
6083</div>
6084
6085<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6086<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer0b118202006-01-16 21:12:35 +00006087 <a name="int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006088</div>
6089
6090<div class="doc_text">
6091
6092<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00006093<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.ctpop on any integer bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006094 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6095
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006096<pre>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006097 declare i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006098 declare i16 @llvm.ctpop.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006099 declare i32 @llvm.ctpop.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006100 declare i64 @llvm.ctpop.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6101 declare i256 @llvm.ctpop.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006102</pre>
6103
6104<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006105<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set
6106 in a value.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006107
6108<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006109<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6110 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006111
6112<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006113<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006114
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006115</div>
6116
6117<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6118<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +00006119 <a name="int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006120</div>
6121
6122<div class="doc_text">
6123
6124<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006125<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ctlz</tt> on any
6126 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6127
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006128<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006129 declare i8 @llvm.ctlz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
6130 declare i16 @llvm.ctlz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006131 declare i32 @llvm.ctlz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006132 declare i64 @llvm.ctlz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6133 declare i256 @llvm.ctlz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006134</pre>
6135
6136<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006137<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
6138 leading zeros in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006139
6140<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006141<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6142 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006143
6144<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006145<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant)
6146 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
6147 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.ctlz(i32 2) = 30</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006148
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006149</div>
Chris Lattner32006282004-06-11 02:28:03 +00006150
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006151<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6152<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +00006153 <a name="int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006154</div>
6155
6156<div class="doc_text">
6157
6158<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006159<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cttz</tt> on any
6160 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6161
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006162<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006163 declare i8 @llvm.cttz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
6164 declare i16 @llvm.cttz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006165 declare i32 @llvm.cttz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006166 declare i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6167 declare i256 @llvm.cttz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006168</pre>
6169
6170<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006171<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
6172 trailing zeros.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006173
6174<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006175<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6176 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006177
6178<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006179<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant)
6180 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
6181 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.cttz(2) = 1</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006182
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006183</div>
6184
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006185<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6186<div class="doc_subsection">
6187 <a name="int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
6188</div>
6189
6190<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006191
6192<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for some arithmetic with overflow operations.</p>
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006193
6194</div>
6195
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006196<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6197<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006198 <a name="int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006199</div>
6200
6201<div class="doc_text">
6202
6203<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006204<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006205 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006206
6207<pre>
6208 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6209 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6210 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6211</pre>
6212
6213<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006214<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006215 a signed addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6216 occurred during the signed summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006217
6218<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006219<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006220 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6221 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6222 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6223 undergo signed addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006224
6225<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006226<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006227 a signed addition of the two variables. They return a structure &mdash; the
6228 first element of which is the signed summation, and the second element of
6229 which is a bit specifying if the signed summation resulted in an
6230 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006231
6232<h5>Examples:</h5>
6233<pre>
6234 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6235 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6236 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6237 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6238</pre>
6239
6240</div>
6241
6242<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6243<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006244 <a name="int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006245</div>
6246
6247<div class="doc_text">
6248
6249<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006250<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006251 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006252
6253<pre>
6254 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6255 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6256 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6257</pre>
6258
6259<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006260<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006261 an unsigned addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether a carry
6262 occurred during the unsigned summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006263
6264<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006265<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006266 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6267 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6268 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6269 undergo unsigned addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006270
6271<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006272<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006273 an unsigned addition of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6274 the first element of which is the sum, and the second element of which is a
6275 bit specifying if the unsigned summation resulted in a carry.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006276
6277<h5>Examples:</h5>
6278<pre>
6279 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6280 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6281 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6282 br i1 %obit, label %carry, label %normal
6283</pre>
6284
6285</div>
6286
6287<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6288<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006289 <a name="int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006290</div>
6291
6292<div class="doc_text">
6293
6294<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006295<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006296 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006297
6298<pre>
6299 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6300 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6301 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6302</pre>
6303
6304<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006305<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006306 a signed subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6307 occurred during the signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006308
6309<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006310<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006311 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6312 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6313 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6314 undergo signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006315
6316<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006317<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006318 a signed subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6319 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6320 which is a bit specifying if the signed subtraction resulted in an
6321 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006322
6323<h5>Examples:</h5>
6324<pre>
6325 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6326 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6327 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6328 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6329</pre>
6330
6331</div>
6332
6333<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6334<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006335 <a name="int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006336</div>
6337
6338<div class="doc_text">
6339
6340<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006341<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006342 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006343
6344<pre>
6345 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6346 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6347 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6348</pre>
6349
6350<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006351<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006352 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6353 overflow occurred during the unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006354
6355<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006356<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006357 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6358 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6359 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6360 undergo unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006361
6362<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006363<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006364 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6365 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6366 which is a bit specifying if the unsigned subtraction resulted in an
6367 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006368
6369<h5>Examples:</h5>
6370<pre>
6371 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6372 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6373 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6374 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6375</pre>
6376
6377</div>
6378
6379<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6380<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006381 <a name="int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006382</div>
6383
6384<div class="doc_text">
6385
6386<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006387<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006388 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006389
6390<pre>
6391 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6392 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6393 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6394</pre>
6395
6396<h5>Overview:</h5>
6397
6398<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006399 a signed multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6400 overflow occurred during the signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006401
6402<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006403<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006404 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6405 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6406 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6407 undergo signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006408
6409<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006410<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006411 a signed multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6412 the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second element of
6413 which is a bit specifying if the signed multiplication resulted in an
6414 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006415
6416<h5>Examples:</h5>
6417<pre>
6418 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6419 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6420 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6421 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6422</pre>
6423
Reid Spencerf86037f2007-04-11 23:23:49 +00006424</div>
6425
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006426<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6427<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6428 <a name="int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
6429</div>
6430
6431<div class="doc_text">
6432
6433<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006434<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006435 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006436
6437<pre>
6438 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6439 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6440 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6441</pre>
6442
6443<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006444<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006445 a unsigned multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6446 overflow occurred during the unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006447
6448<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006449<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006450 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6451 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6452 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6453 undergo unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006454
6455<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006456<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006457 an unsigned multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure
6458 &mdash; the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second
6459 element of which is a bit specifying if the unsigned multiplication resulted
6460 in an overflow.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006461
6462<h5>Examples:</h5>
6463<pre>
6464 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6465 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6466 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6467 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6468</pre>
6469
6470</div>
6471
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006472<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6473<div class="doc_subsection">
6474 <a name="int_debugger">Debugger Intrinsics</a>
6475</div>
6476
6477<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006478
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006479<p>The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with <tt>llvm.dbg.</tt>
6480 prefix), are described in
6481 the <a href="SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Source
6482 Level Debugging</a> document.</p>
6483
6484</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006485
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006486<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6487<div class="doc_subsection">
6488 <a name="int_eh">Exception Handling Intrinsics</a>
6489</div>
6490
6491<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006492
6493<p>The LLVM exception handling intrinsics (which all start with
6494 <tt>llvm.eh.</tt> prefix), are described in
6495 the <a href="ExceptionHandling.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Exception
6496 Handling</a> document.</p>
6497
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006498</div>
6499
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006500<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6501<div class="doc_subsection">
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006502 <a name="int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006503</div>
6504
6505<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006506
6507<p>This intrinsic makes it possible to excise one parameter, marked with
6508 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute, from a function. The result is a callable
6509 function pointer lacking the nest parameter - the caller does not need to
6510 provide a value for it. Instead, the value to use is stored in advance in a
6511 "trampoline", a block of memory usually allocated on the stack, which also
6512 contains code to splice the nest value into the argument list. This is used
6513 to implement the GCC nested function address extension.</p>
6514
6515<p>For example, if the function is
6516 <tt>i32 f(i8* nest %c, i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt> then the resulting function
6517 pointer has signature <tt>i32 (i32, i32)*</tt>. It can be created as
6518 follows:</p>
6519
6520<div class="doc_code">
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006521<pre>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006522 %tramp = alloca [10 x i8], align 4 ; size and alignment only correct for X86
6523 %tramp1 = getelementptr [10 x i8]* %tramp, i32 0, i32 0
6524 %p = call i8* @llvm.init.trampoline( i8* %tramp1, i8* bitcast (i32 (i8* nest , i32, i32)* @f to i8*), i8* %nval )
6525 %fp = bitcast i8* %p to i32 (i32, i32)*
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006526</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006527</div>
6528
6529<p>The call <tt>%val = call i32 %fp( i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt> is then equivalent
6530 to <tt>%val = call i32 %f( i8* %nval, i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt>.</p>
6531
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006532</div>
6533
6534<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6535<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6536 <a name="int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6537</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006538
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006539<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006540
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006541<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6542<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006543 declare i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* &lt;tramp&gt;, i8* &lt;func&gt;, i8* &lt;nval&gt;)
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006544</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006545
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006546<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006547<p>This fills the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> with code and returns a
6548 function pointer suitable for executing it.</p>
6549
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006550<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006551<p>The <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments, all
6552 pointers. The <tt>tramp</tt> argument must point to a sufficiently large and
6553 sufficiently aligned block of memory; this memory is written to by the
6554 intrinsic. Note that the size and the alignment are target-specific - LLVM
6555 currently provides no portable way of determining them, so a front-end that
6556 generates this intrinsic needs to have some target-specific knowledge.
6557 The <tt>func</tt> argument must hold a function bitcast to
6558 an <tt>i8*</tt>.</p>
6559
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006560<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006561<p>The block of memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is filled with target
6562 dependent code, turning it into a function. A pointer to this function is
6563 returned, but needs to be bitcast to an <a href="#int_trampoline">appropriate
6564 function pointer type</a> before being called. The new function's signature
6565 is the same as that of <tt>func</tt> with any arguments marked with
6566 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute removed. At most one such <tt>nest</tt> argument
6567 is allowed, and it must be of pointer type. Calling the new function is
6568 equivalent to calling <tt>func</tt> with the same argument list, but
6569 with <tt>nval</tt> used for the missing <tt>nest</tt> argument. If, after
6570 calling <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>, the memory pointed to
6571 by <tt>tramp</tt> is modified, then the effect of any later call to the
6572 returned function pointer is undefined.</p>
6573
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006574</div>
6575
6576<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6577<div class="doc_subsection">
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006578 <a name="int_atomics">Atomic Operations and Synchronization Intrinsics</a>
6579</div>
6580
6581<div class="doc_text">
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006582
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006583<p>These intrinsic functions expand the "universal IR" of LLVM to represent
6584 hardware constructs for atomic operations and memory synchronization. This
6585 provides an interface to the hardware, not an interface to the programmer. It
6586 is aimed at a low enough level to allow any programming models or APIs
6587 (Application Programming Interfaces) which need atomic behaviors to map
6588 cleanly onto it. It is also modeled primarily on hardware behavior. Just as
6589 hardware provides a "universal IR" for source languages, it also provides a
6590 starting point for developing a "universal" atomic operation and
6591 synchronization IR.</p>
6592
6593<p>These do <em>not</em> form an API such as high-level threading libraries,
6594 software transaction memory systems, atomic primitives, and intrinsic
6595 functions as found in BSD, GNU libc, atomic_ops, APR, and other system and
6596 application libraries. The hardware interface provided by LLVM should allow
6597 a clean implementation of all of these APIs and parallel programming models.
6598 No one model or paradigm should be selected above others unless the hardware
6599 itself ubiquitously does so.</p>
6600
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006601</div>
6602
6603<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6604<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6605 <a name="int_memory_barrier">'<tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6606</div>
6607<div class="doc_text">
6608<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6609<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006610 declare void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 &lt;ll&gt;, i1 &lt;ls&gt;, i1 &lt;sl&gt;, i1 &lt;ss&gt;, i1 &lt;device&gt; )
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006611</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006612
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006613<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006614<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic guarantees ordering between
6615 specific pairs of memory access types.</p>
6616
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006617<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006618<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic requires five boolean arguments.
6619 The first four arguments enables a specific barrier as listed below. The
6620 fith argument specifies that the barrier applies to io or device or uncached
6621 memory.</p>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006622
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006623<ul>
6624 <li><tt>ll</tt>: load-load barrier</li>
6625 <li><tt>ls</tt>: load-store barrier</li>
6626 <li><tt>sl</tt>: store-load barrier</li>
6627 <li><tt>ss</tt>: store-store barrier</li>
6628 <li><tt>device</tt>: barrier applies to device and uncached memory also.</li>
6629</ul>
6630
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006631<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006632<p>This intrinsic causes the system to enforce some ordering constraints upon
6633 the loads and stores of the program. This barrier does not
6634 indicate <em>when</em> any events will occur, it only enforces
6635 an <em>order</em> in which they occur. For any of the specified pairs of load
6636 and store operations (f.ex. load-load, or store-load), all of the first
6637 operations preceding the barrier will complete before any of the second
6638 operations succeeding the barrier begin. Specifically the semantics for each
6639 pairing is as follows:</p>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006640
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006641<ul>
6642 <li><tt>ll</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any load
6643 after the barrier begins.</li>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00006644 <li><tt>ls</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006645 store after the barrier begins.</li>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00006646 <li><tt>ss</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006647 store after the barrier begins.</li>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00006648 <li><tt>sl</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006649 load after the barrier begins.</li>
6650</ul>
6651
6652<p>These semantics are applied with a logical "and" behavior when more than one
6653 is enabled in a single memory barrier intrinsic.</p>
6654
6655<p>Backends may implement stronger barriers than those requested when they do
6656 not support as fine grained a barrier as requested. Some architectures do
6657 not need all types of barriers and on such architectures, these become
6658 noops.</p>
6659
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006660<h5>Example:</h5>
6661<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006662%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6663%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006664 store i32 4, %ptr
6665
6666%result1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6667 call void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 false, i1 true, i1 false, i1 false )
6668 <i>; guarantee the above finishes</i>
6669 store i32 8, %ptr <i>; before this begins</i>
6670</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006671
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006672</div>
6673
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006674<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6675<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006676 <a name="int_atomic_cmp_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006677</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006678
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006679<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006680
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006681<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006682<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> on
6683 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
6684 support all bit widths however.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006685
6686<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006687 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;cmp&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt; )
6688 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;cmp&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt; )
6689 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;cmp&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt; )
6690 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;cmp&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006691</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006692
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006693<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006694<p>This loads a value in memory and compares it to a given value. If they are
6695 equal, it stores a new value into the memory.</p>
6696
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006697<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006698<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments. The result
6699 as well as both <tt>cmp</tt> and <tt>val</tt> must be integer values with the
6700 same bit width. The <tt>ptr</tt> argument must be a pointer to a value of
6701 this integer type. While any bit width integer may be used, targets may only
6702 lower representations they support in hardware.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006703
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006704<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006705<p>This entire intrinsic must be executed atomically. It first loads the value
6706 in memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> and compares it with the
6707 value <tt>cmp</tt>. If they are equal, <tt>val</tt> is stored into the
6708 memory. The loaded value is yielded in all cases. This provides the
6709 equivalent of an atomic compare-and-swap operation within the SSA
6710 framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006711
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006712<h5>Examples:</h5>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006713<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006714%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6715%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006716 store i32 4, %ptr
6717
6718%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006719%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4, %val1 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006720 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6721%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
6722%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
6723
6724%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006725%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5, %val2 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006726 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
6727%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 5 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = false</i>
6728
6729%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 8</i>
6730</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006731
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006732</div>
6733
6734<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6735<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6736 <a name="int_atomic_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6737</div>
6738<div class="doc_text">
6739<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6740
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006741<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> on any
6742 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6743
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006744<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006745 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt; )
6746 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt; )
6747 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt; )
6748 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006749</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006750
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006751<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006752<p>This intrinsic loads the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt> and yields
6753 the value from memory. It then stores the value in <tt>val</tt> in the memory
6754 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
6755
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006756<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006757<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. Both
6758 the <tt>val</tt> argument and the result must be integers of the same bit
6759 width. The first argument, <tt>ptr</tt>, must be a pointer to a value of this
6760 integer type. The targets may only lower integer representations they
6761 support.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006762
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006763<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006764<p>This intrinsic loads the value pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt>, yields it, and
6765 stores <tt>val</tt> back into <tt>ptr</tt> atomically. This provides the
6766 equivalent of an atomic swap operation within the SSA framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006767
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006768<h5>Examples:</h5>
6769<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006770%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6771%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006772 store i32 4, %ptr
6773
6774%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006775%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val1 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006776 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6777%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
6778%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
6779
6780%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006781%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val2 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006782 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
6783
6784%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 8 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = true</i>
6785%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 2</i>
6786</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006787
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006788</div>
6789
6790<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6791<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006792 <a name="int_atomic_load_add">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.add.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006793
6794</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006795
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006796<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006797
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006798<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006799<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt> on
6800 any integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6801
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006802<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006803 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i8..p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6804 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i16..p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6805 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6806 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006807</pre>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006808
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006809<h5>Overview:</h5>
6810<p>This intrinsic adds <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory
6811 at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
6812
6813<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6814<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6815 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6816 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6817 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6818
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006819<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006820<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
6821 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then adds <tt>delta</tt>, stores the result
6822 to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006823
6824<h5>Examples:</h5>
6825<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006826%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6827%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
6828 store i32 4, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006829%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006830 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006831%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006832 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006833%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006834 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 10</i>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006835%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 15</i>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006836</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006837
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006838</div>
6839
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006840<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6841<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6842 <a name="int_atomic_load_sub">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6843
6844</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006845
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006846<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006847
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006848<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006849<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt> on
6850 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
6851 support all bit widths however.</p>
6852
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006853<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006854 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6855 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6856 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6857 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006858</pre>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006859
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006860<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00006861<p>This intrinsic subtracts <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory at
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006862 <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
6863
6864<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6865<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6866 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6867 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6868 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6869
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006870<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006871<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
6872 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then subtracts <tt>delta</tt>, stores the
6873 result to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored
6874 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006875
6876<h5>Examples:</h5>
6877<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006878%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6879%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
6880 store i32 8, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006881%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006882 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 8</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006883%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006884 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 4</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006885%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006886 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 2</i>
6887%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = -3</i>
6888</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006889
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006890</div>
6891
6892<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6893<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6894 <a name="int_atomic_load_and">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.and.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6895 <a name="int_atomic_load_nand">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6896 <a name="int_atomic_load_or">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.or.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6897 <a name="int_atomic_load_xor">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006898</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006899
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006900<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006901
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006902<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006903<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can
6904 use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_and</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_nand</tt>,
6905 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_or</tt>, and <tt>llvm.atomic.load_xor</tt> on any integer
6906 bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support all bit
6907 widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006908
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006909<pre>
6910 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6911 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6912 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6913 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006914</pre>
6915
6916<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006917 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6918 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6919 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6920 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006921</pre>
6922
6923<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006924 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6925 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6926 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6927 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006928</pre>
6929
6930<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006931 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6932 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6933 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6934 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006935</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006936
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006937<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006938<p>These intrinsics bitwise the operation (and, nand, or, xor) <tt>delta</tt> to
6939 the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value
6940 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006941
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006942<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6943<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6944 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6945 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6946 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6947
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006948<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006949<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
6950 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the bitwise
6951 operation <tt>delta</tt>, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They yield the
6952 original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006953
6954<h5>Examples:</h5>
6955<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006956%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6957%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
6958 store i32 0x0F0F, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006959%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006960 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 0x0F0F</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006961%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006962 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 0xFFFFFFF0</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006963%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006964 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 0xF0</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006965%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006966 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = FF</i>
6967%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = F0</i>
6968</pre>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006969
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006970</div>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006971
6972<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6973<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6974 <a name="int_atomic_load_max">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.max.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6975 <a name="int_atomic_load_min">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.min.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6976 <a name="int_atomic_load_umax">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6977 <a name="int_atomic_load_umin">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006978</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006979
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006980<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006981
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006982<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006983<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_max</tt>,
6984 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_min</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umax</tt>, and
6985 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umin</tt> on any integer bit width and for different
6986 address spaces. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006987
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006988<pre>
6989 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6990 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6991 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6992 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006993</pre>
6994
6995<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006996 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6997 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6998 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6999 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007000</pre>
7001
7002<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007003 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7004 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7005 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7006 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007007</pre>
7008
7009<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007010 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i8..p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7011 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7012 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7013 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007014</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007015
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007016<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007017<p>These intrinsics takes the signed or unsigned minimum or maximum of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007018 <tt>delta</tt> and the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the
7019 original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007020
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007021<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7022<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
7023 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
7024 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
7025 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
7026
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007027<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007028<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
7029 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the signed or unsigned min or
7030 max <tt>delta</tt> and the value, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They
7031 yield the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007032
7033<h5>Examples:</h5>
7034<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007035%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7036%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
7037 store i32 7, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007038%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 -2 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007039 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 7</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007040%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 8 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007041 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = -2</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007042%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 10 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007043 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007044%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 30 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007045 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 8</i>
7046%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 30</i>
7047</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007048
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007049</div>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007050
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007051
7052<!-- ======================================================================= -->
7053<div class="doc_subsection">
7054 <a name="int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
7055</div>
7056
7057<div class="doc_text">
7058
7059<p>This class of intrinsics exists to information about the lifetime of memory
7060 objects and ranges where variables are immutable.</p>
7061
7062</div>
7063
7064<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7065<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7066 <a name="int_lifetime_start">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7067</div>
7068
7069<div class="doc_text">
7070
7071<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7072<pre>
7073 declare void @llvm.lifetime.start(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7074</pre>
7075
7076<h5>Overview:</h5>
7077<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies the start of a memory
7078 object's lifetime.</p>
7079
7080<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007081<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7082 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7083 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007084
7085<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7086<p>This intrinsic indicates that before this point in the code, the value of the
7087 memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
Nick Lewycky8d336592009-10-27 16:56:58 +00007088 never be used and has an undefined value. A load from the pointer that
7089 precedes this intrinsic can be replaced with
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007090 <tt>'<a href="#undefvalues">undef</a>'</tt>.</p>
7091
7092</div>
7093
7094<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7095<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7096 <a name="int_lifetime_end">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7097</div>
7098
7099<div class="doc_text">
7100
7101<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7102<pre>
7103 declare void @llvm.lifetime.end(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7104</pre>
7105
7106<h5>Overview:</h5>
7107<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies the end of a memory
7108 object's lifetime.</p>
7109
7110<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007111<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7112 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7113 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007114
7115<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7116<p>This intrinsic indicates that after this point in the code, the value of the
7117 memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
7118 never be used and has an undefined value. Any stores into the memory object
7119 following this intrinsic may be removed as dead.
7120
7121</div>
7122
7123<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7124<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7125 <a name="int_invariant_start">'<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7126</div>
7127
7128<div class="doc_text">
7129
7130<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7131<pre>
7132 declare {}* @llvm.invariant.start(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;) readonly
7133</pre>
7134
7135<h5>Overview:</h5>
7136<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
7137 a memory object will not change.</p>
7138
7139<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007140<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7141 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7142 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007143
7144<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7145<p>This intrinsic indicates that until an <tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt> that uses
7146 the return value, the referenced memory location is constant and
7147 unchanging.</p>
7148
7149</div>
7150
7151<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7152<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7153 <a name="int_invariant_end">'<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7154</div>
7155
7156<div class="doc_text">
7157
7158<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7159<pre>
7160 declare void @llvm.invariant.end({}* &lt;start&gt;, i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7161</pre>
7162
7163<h5>Overview:</h5>
7164<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
7165 a memory object are mutable.</p>
7166
7167<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7168<p>The first argument is the matching <tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt> intrinsic.
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007169 The second argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7170 object, or -1 if it is variable sized and the third argument is a pointer
7171 to the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007172
7173<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7174<p>This intrinsic indicates that the memory is mutable again.</p>
7175
7176</div>
7177
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007178<!-- ======================================================================= -->
7179<div class="doc_subsection">
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007180 <a name="int_general">General Intrinsics</a>
7181</div>
7182
7183<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007184
7185<p>This class of intrinsics is designed to be generic and has no specific
7186 purpose.</p>
7187
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007188</div>
7189
7190<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7191<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7192 <a name="int_var_annotation">'<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7193</div>
7194
7195<div class="doc_text">
7196
7197<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7198<pre>
Tanya Lattnerd2e84422007-06-18 23:42:37 +00007199 declare void @llvm.var.annotation(i8* &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007200</pre>
7201
7202<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007203<p>The '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007204
7205<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007206<p>The first argument is a pointer to a value, the second is a pointer to a
7207 global string, the third is a pointer to a global string which is the source
7208 file name, and the last argument is the line number.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007209
7210<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007211<p>This intrinsic allows annotation of local variables with arbitrary strings.
7212 This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that want to look for
7213 these annotations. These have no other defined use, they are ignored by code
7214 generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007215
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007216</div>
7217
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007218<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7219<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Tanya Lattnere1a8da02007-09-21 23:57:59 +00007220 <a name="int_annotation">'<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007221</div>
7222
7223<div class="doc_text">
7224
7225<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007226<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' on
7227 any integer bit width.</p>
7228
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007229<pre>
Tanya Lattnerd3989a82007-09-22 00:03:01 +00007230 declare i8 @llvm.annotation.i8(i8 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7231 declare i16 @llvm.annotation.i16(i16 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7232 declare i32 @llvm.annotation.i32(i32 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7233 declare i64 @llvm.annotation.i64(i64 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7234 declare i256 @llvm.annotation.i256(i256 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007235</pre>
7236
7237<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007238<p>The '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007239
7240<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007241<p>The first argument is an integer value (result of some expression), the
7242 second is a pointer to a global string, the third is a pointer to a global
7243 string which is the source file name, and the last argument is the line
7244 number. It returns the value of the first argument.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007245
7246<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007247<p>This intrinsic allows annotations to be put on arbitrary expressions with
7248 arbitrary strings. This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that
7249 want to look for these annotations. These have no other defined use, they
7250 are ignored by code generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007251
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007252</div>
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00007253
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007254<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7255<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7256 <a name="int_trap">'<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7257</div>
7258
7259<div class="doc_text">
7260
7261<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7262<pre>
7263 declare void @llvm.trap()
7264</pre>
7265
7266<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007267<p>The '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007268
7269<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007270<p>None.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007271
7272<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007273<p>This intrinsics is lowered to the target dependent trap instruction. If the
7274 target does not have a trap instruction, this intrinsic will be lowered to
7275 the call of the <tt>abort()</tt> function.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007276
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007277</div>
7278
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007279<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7280<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Misha Brukmandccb0252008-11-22 23:55:29 +00007281 <a name="int_stackprotector">'<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007282</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007283
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007284<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007285
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007286<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7287<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007288 declare void @llvm.stackprotector( i8* &lt;guard&gt;, i8** &lt;slot&gt; )
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007289</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007290
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007291<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007292<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic takes the <tt>guard</tt> and
7293 stores it onto the stack at <tt>slot</tt>. The stack slot is adjusted to
7294 ensure that it is placed on the stack before local variables.</p>
7295
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007296<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007297<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic requires two pointer
7298 arguments. The first argument is the value loaded from the stack
7299 guard <tt>@__stack_chk_guard</tt>. The second variable is an <tt>alloca</tt>
7300 that has enough space to hold the value of the guard.</p>
7301
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007302<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007303<p>This intrinsic causes the prologue/epilogue inserter to force the position of
7304 the <tt>AllocaInst</tt> stack slot to be before local variables on the
7305 stack. This is to ensure that if a local variable on the stack is
7306 overwritten, it will destroy the value of the guard. When the function exits,
7307 the guard on the stack is checked against the original guard. If they're
7308 different, then the program aborts by calling the <tt>__stack_chk_fail()</tt>
7309 function.</p>
7310
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007311</div>
7312
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007313<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7314<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7315 <a name="int_objectsize">'<tt>llvm.objectsize</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7316</div>
7317
7318<div class="doc_text">
7319
7320<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7321<pre>
Eric Christopher8295a0a2009-12-23 00:29:49 +00007322 declare i32 @llvm.objectsize.i32( i8* &lt;object&gt;, i1 &lt;type&gt; )
7323 declare i64 @llvm.objectsize.i64( i8* &lt;object&gt;, i1 &lt;type&gt; )
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007324</pre>
7325
7326<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007327<p>The <tt>llvm.objectsize</tt> intrinsic is designed to provide information
Eric Christopherd003c5b2010-01-08 21:42:39 +00007328 to the optimizers to discover at compile time either a) when an
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007329 operation like memcpy will either overflow a buffer that corresponds to
7330 an object, or b) to determine that a runtime check for overflow isn't
7331 necessary. An object in this context means an allocation of a
Eric Christopher8295a0a2009-12-23 00:29:49 +00007332 specific class, structure, array, or other object.</p>
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007333
7334<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7335<p>The <tt>llvm.objectsize</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. The first
Eric Christopher8295a0a2009-12-23 00:29:49 +00007336 argument is a pointer to or into the <tt>object</tt>. The second argument
7337 is a boolean 0 or 1. This argument determines whether you want the
7338 maximum (0) or minimum (1) bytes remaining. This needs to be a literal 0 or
7339 1, variables are not allowed.</p>
7340
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007341<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7342<p>The <tt>llvm.objectsize</tt> intrinsic is lowered to either a constant
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007343 representing the size of the object concerned or <tt>i32/i64 -1 or 0</tt>
7344 (depending on the <tt>type</tt> argument if the size cannot be determined
7345 at compile time.</p>
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007346
7347</div>
7348
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00007349<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00007350<hr>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007351<address>
7352 <a href="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman44408702008-12-11 17:34:48 +00007353 src="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/images/vcss-blue" alt="Valid CSS"></a>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007354 <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman44408702008-12-11 17:34:48 +00007355 src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html401-blue" alt="Valid HTML 4.01"></a>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007356
7357 <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a><br>
Reid Spencer05fe4b02006-03-14 05:39:39 +00007358 <a href="http://llvm.org">The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure</a><br>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007359 Last modified: $Date$
7360</address>
Chris Lattnerc7d3ab32008-01-04 04:33:49 +00007361
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00007362</body>
7363</html>